iRC2100sh

REVISION 0

FY8-23B9-000COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Color image RUNNERC2050/2020iR C2100/2100S

NOV. 2000

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Application

This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical

theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all

localities where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this

manual that does not apply to your locality.

Corrections

This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to

improvements or changes in products. When changes occur in applicable products or in

the contents of this manual, Canon will release technical information as the need arises.

In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period,

Canon will issue a new edition of this manual.

The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are

inconsistent with local law.

Trademarks

The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered

trademarks of the individual companies.

Copyright

This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this

manual may not be copied, reproduced or translated into another language, in whole or

in part, without the written consent of Canon Inc.

CautionUse of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.

COPYRIGHT © 2000 CANON INC.

Printed in Japan

Imprimé au Japon

i

INTRODUCTION

1 Symbols Used

This documentation uses the following symbols to indicate special information:

Symbol Description

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).

Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.

Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electricoutlet.

Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of thetopic in question.

Memo

Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in ques-tion.REF.

Provides a description of a service mode.

Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.

Refers to the Copier Basics Series for a better understanding of the contents.

Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classified as Note, Caution,or Warning.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.

i i

INTRODUCTION

i i i

CONTENTS

Contents (Reader Unit)CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

1 Variable Resistors, Light-EmittingDiodes, and Check Pins by PCB ........ 3-6

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONSOF ELECTRICAL PARTS

1

2

3

1 Periodically Replaced Parts ................ 1-12 Consumables and Durables ................ 1-1

3 Scheduled Servicing ........................... 1-24 Scheduled Servicing Chart ................. 1-4

1 Adjusting the Image Position ............. 2-11.1 Standards .................................... 2-11.2 Checking the Image Position ..... 2-1

2 Making Scanner-RelatedAdjustments ........................................ 2-22.1 Routing the Scanner Drive

Cable .......................................... 2-22.2 Adjusting the Intensity of

the Scanning Lamp .................... 2-32.3 After Replacing the Scanning

Lamp .......................................... 2-42.4 Mounting Back the Existing

Scanning Lamp .......................... 2-42.5 Keeping the Reader Unit

Level ........................................... 2-52.6 After Replacing the Standard

White Plate ................................. 2-63 Adjusting Other Electrical Parts ......... 2-7

3.1 When Replacing the CCDUnit ............................................ 2-7

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS3.2 When Replacing the Reader

Controller PCB .......................... 2-83.3 When Replacing the AP-IP

PCB ............................................ 2-93.4 When Replacing the ECO

PCB ............................................ 2-93.5 When Replacing the Light

Intensity Detection PCB ............ 2-94 Checking the Photointerrupters ........ 2-105 Upgrading the Machine .................... 2-12

5.1 Replacing the DIMM ............... 2-125.1.1 Removing the DIMM from

the Reader ControllerPCB.................................... 2-13

5.1.2 Mounting the DIMM on theReader Controller PCB ...... 2-14

5.2 Downloading ............................ 2-155.2.1 Making Preparations .......... 2-155.2.2 Downloading Procedure ....2-15

i v

CONTENTS

1 General Timing Chart ........................ A-12 Signals and Abbreviations ................. A-3

2.1 Signals ....................................... A-32.2 Abbreviations ............................ A-4

APPENDIX3 Special Tools ...................................... A-44 Solvents and Oils ............................... A-45 Reader Unit General Timing

Diagram ............................................. A-5

v

CONTENTS

Contents (Printer Unit)CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

1

2

1 Periodically Replaced Parts ................ 1-12 Consumables and Durables ................ 1-2

2.1 Printer Unit ................................ 1-2

2.2 Cassette Pedestal ........................ 1-33 Scheduled Servicing ........................... 1-44 Scheduled Servicing Chart ................. 1-6

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS1 Adjusting the Image Position ............. 2-1

1.1 Standards for ImagePosition ...................................... 2-1

1.2 Checking the Position ofthe Image .................................... 2-2

1.3 Adjusting the Left/RightImage Margin ............................. 2-3

1.4 Adjusting the LeadingEdge Margin .............................. 2-7

1.5 Adjusting the Left/RightNon-Image Width ...................... 2-7

1.6 Leading Edge Non-ImageWidth .......................................... 2-7

2 Image Formation System-RelatedAdjustments ........................................ 2-82.1 Points to Note When

Handling the Drum Unit ............ 2-82.2 After Replacing the Drum

Unit ............................................ 2-82.3 After Replacing the

Transfer Belt .............................. 2-93 Pickup/Feed System-Related

Adjustments ...................................... 2-103.1 Attaching the Timing Belt

for the Manual Feed TrayAssembly ................................. 2-10

3.2 Executing Paper WidthReference Point AutoAdjustment for theManual Feed Tray ....................2-11

3.3 Adjusting the PaperWidth Basic Value for theManual Feed Tray .................... 2-11

4 Fixing System-RelatedAdjustments ...................................... 2-124.1 When Replacing the Web .........2-124.2 Adjusting the Nip ..................... 2-134.3 Removing the Skew .................2-154.4 When Replacing the

Fixing Roller ............................ 2-165 LED Exposure Unit-Related

Adjustments ...................................... 2-175.1 Points to Note When

Handling the LEDExposure Unit .......................... 2-17

5.2 Points to Note WhenMounting the LEDExposure Unit .......................... 2-18

5.3 After Replacing the LEDExposure Unit .......................... 2-18

5.4 Claening the LED ExposureUnit (if image faults, e.g., lightimages, uneven images, occuras the result of dirt on the lenssurface) ..................................... 2-18

6 Adjusting Other Electric Parts .......... 2-196.1 When Replacing the

System Controller PCB............ 2-196.2 When Replacing the DC

Controller PCB ........................ 2-206.3 Checking the Environment

Measurement PCB ................... 2-226.4 Checking the

Photointerrupters ...................... 2-247 Upgrading ......................................... 2-28

7.1 Replacing the DIMM ............... 2-28

3

v i

CONTENTS

7.1.1 Removing the DIMM ........ 2-297.1.2 Mounting the DIMM of

the System ControllerPCB and the DCController PCB .................. 2-32

7.2 Downloading ............................ 2-337.2.1 Items to Prepare ................. 2-337.2.2 Downloading

Procedure ........................... 2-33

1 Sensors ................................................ 3-22 Thermistor, Lamps, and Heaters ......... 3-53 Clutches and Solenoids ....................... 3-84 Fans ................................................... 3-105 Motors ............................................... 3-126 PCBs ................................................. 3-147 Cassette Pedestal ............................... 3-168 Variable Resistors (VR),

Light-Emitting Diodes, andCheck Pins by PCB .......................... 3-18

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONSOF ELECTRICAL PARTS

8.1 Controller PCB ........................ 3-198.2 System Controller PCB............ 3-208.3 Serial Driver PCB .................... 3-218.4 DC Power Supply PCB ............ 3-218.5 Pickup Assembly PCB .............3-228.6 Duplex Driver PCB

(duplex model only) ................. 3-238.7 Cassette Pedestal ...................... 3-23

APPENDIX1 General Timing Chart ........................ A-12 Signals and Abbreviations ................. A-3

2.1 Signals ....................................... A-32.1.1 Printer ................................. A-32.1.2 Cassette Pedestal ................. A-9

2.2 Abbreviations ............................ A-9

3 Printer Unit General CircuitDiagram ........................................... A-11

4 Cassette Pedestal General CircuitDiagram ........................................... A-13

5 Special Tools .................................... A-156 Solvents and Oils ............................. A-17

vii

CONTENTS

Contents (Service Mode)1 Outline ................................................ S-1

1.1 Construction of Service Mode ... S-11.2 Starting the Service Mode ......... S-31.3 Ending the Service Mode .......... S-41.4 Backing Up the Service Mode ... S-41.5 Basic Operation .......................... S-5

1.5.1 Initial Screen ........................ S-51.5.2 Level 1/Level 2 screen ......... S-51.5.3 Level 3 Screen ..................... S-6

2 DISPLAY (status indication mode) .... S-72.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................... S-72.2 FEEDER .................................. S-262.3 EDITOR ...................................S-26

3 I/O (I/O display mode) .....................S-273.1 DC-CON .................................. S-283.2 R-CON ..................................... S-343.3 IP .............................................. S-35

3.4 S-CON .....................................S-363.5 FEEDER ..................................S-383.6 COPIER ...................................S-40

4 Adjustment Mode (ADJUST) ...........S-504.1 COPIER/PRINTER .................S-504.2 FEEDER ..................................S-76

5 Operation/Inspection Mode(FUNCTION) ...................................S-775.1 COPIER/PRINTER .................S-775.2 FEEDER>FUNCTION ............S-92

6 OPTION (settings mode) ..................S-936.1 COPIER/PRINTER .................S-936.2 FEEDER ................................S-1086.3 SORTER ................................S-108

7 TEST (test print mode) ...................S-1098 COUNTER (counter mode) ............S-113

viii

CONTENTS

Contents (Error Code)1 Self Diagnosis (copier) ...................... E-12 Self Diagnosis O (DADF) ............... E-133 Self Diagnosis (finisher) .................. E-16

3.1 Finisher Assembly................... E-163.2 Saddle Stitcher ........................ E-19

4 Self Diagnosis (sorter) ..................... E-235 Self Diagnosis (PDL Board) ............ E-25

Reader Unit(copier operation)

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000

1-1R

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE ANDINSPECTION

1 Periodically Replaced Parts

The machine does not have parts which require replacement on a periodical bias.

2 Consumables and Durables

As of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks1 Scanning lamp FH7-3336 1 500 hr Reference is to 75,000 scans:

for replacement work, see No. 1;for alarm, see Note 2.

Replace the scanning lamp as instructed in 2.3.2 “After Replacing the Scan-ning Lamp” in Chapter 8.

1

1-2R


3 Scheduled Servicing

1. As a rule, perform scheduled servicing every 50,000 prints.2. Check the Service Book before leaving for scheduled servicing, and take

parts for expected replacement.

1) Report to the person in charge, and check the general condition.2) Record the counter reading, and check the faulty copies.3) Make test prints in Direct, Reduce, and Enlarge; then, check the following:

a. Imagesb. Background for soilingc. Leading edge margin (2.5 ± 1.5 as standard in Direct)d. Left margin (2.0 ± 1.5 mm as standard in Direct)e. Fixing, registration, and back for soilingf. Abnormal noise

4) Perform scheduled servicing according to the number of prints made (Scheduled Servic-ing Chart of this chapter and in Chapter 11 of the Printer Manual).

5) Clean any soiled areas inside the machine.6) Make test prints.7) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.8) Make sample copies.

1-3R


9) Press the test button of the leakage breaker for the reader unit and the printer, and checkto see that the open/close lever shifts to the OFF side.Thereafter, turn off the power switch, and shift the lever to the ON side; then, turn onthe power switch.If the lever fails to shift to the OFF side, replace he leakage breaker; after replacement,make the foregoing check.

F01-300-01

10) Put the sample copies away, and clean up the area around the machine.11) Record the final counter reading.12) Fill out the Service Book, and report to the person in charge. Be sure to indicate the

check made on the leakage breaker in the history column.

Test button

Open/close lever

1-4R


4 Scheduled Servicing Chart

Do not use solvents or oils not indicated.

: Clean : Replace : Lubricate : Adjust : InspectAs of May 2000

Internals (prints)Unit Part every every every every Others Remarks

50,000 100,000 150,000 300,000Externals/ Copyboard glass As necessary

controls Copyboard cover As necessary

Scanner Rail Upon

replacement

of scanning

lamp Clean;

then, apply

silicone oil

Optical unit Mirror (No. 1 to No 3) As necessary

Reflecting shade As necessary

Standard white plate As necessary

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2-1R

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS ANDADJUSTMENTS

1 Adjusting the Image Position

1.1 StandardsSee 1 “Adjusting the Image Position” in Chapter 2 of the Printer Handbook.

1.2 Checking the Image PositionSee 1 “Adjusting the Image Position” in Chapter 2 of the Printer Handbook.

2


2-2R

2 Making Scanner-Related Adjustments

2.1 Routing the Scanner Drive CableGo through steps [1] through [7] to route the scanner cable on the pulleys and hooks:

1. Check to make sure that the scanner drive cable is free of twists and ithas not ridden over the pulleys.

2. Try moving the No. 1/No. 2 mirror bases by hand to find out if theymove smoothly; at that time, do not touch the reflecting plate.

3. Take care not to damage the cable by the edge of the metal plate.

F02-201-01

Wind 7 times.

Secure temporarily.

Put the metal ball into the hole of the pulley.

Try not to allow a gap between runs.

Try not to allow a gap between runs.

[6]

[2][6]

[2]

[1]

[4]

[5]

[5]

[3]

[7]

Wind 7 times.

Put the metal ball intothe hole of the pulley.


2-3R

2.2 Adjusting the Intensity of the Scanning Lamp1) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.2) Remove the reader unit front lower cover.3) Wait until the machine enters standby state (i.e., until the Start key turns on green; in

about 5 min).4) Turn the scanning lamp adjusting VR fully counterclockwise as shown.

F02-202-01

5-1)If the lamp is new (as when replacing the existing one), make the following selections in service mode, and press the OK key: COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>LAMP-ADJ. (The indication will be ‘SERVICE’.)

5-2)If the lamp is old, make the following selections in service mode, and press the OK key:COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>USE-LAMP. (The indication will be ‘SERVICE’.)

6) See that the scanning lamp turns on; then, wait for about 5 min (for the scanning lamp towarm up), and turn the scanning lamp adjusting VR clockwise until a beep is heard.

7) Press the OK key on the control panel screen. (The indication will be ‘READY’.)8) Execute the following in service mode: FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ.

Connector for downloading

COPYLOAD

Scanning lamp adjusting VR

DIP SW1 for downloading


2-4R

2.3 After Replacing the Scanning Lamp1) Replace the scanning lamp with a new one, and put the machine back into its initial con-

dition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover removed.)2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp intensity.3) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL; then, set

‘0’ to <P-OFST-Y/M/C/K>.5) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

2.4 Mounting Back the Existing Scanning LampIf the scanning lamp has been removed, be sure to go through the following after mount-

ing it back:1) Mount the scanning lamp, and put the machine back into its initial condition. (Keep the

reader unit front lower cover removed.)2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp intensity.3) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.4) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.


2-5R

2.5 Keeping the Reader Unit LevelIf the reader unit rocks on the printer unit, go through the following steps:

1) Using a wrench, loosen the fixing screw (top) of the front right foot of the reader unit.

F02-205-01

2) Using a wrench, turn the adjusting screw (bottom) of the front right foot until the readerunit stops rocking.

3) Tighten the fixing screws to end the work.

To loosen

Lower

Higher


2-6R

2.6 After Replacing the Standard White Plate1) Open the COPIER>ADJUST>CCD screen in service mode.2) Enter the value indicated on the new standard white plate in service mode, and press the

OK key: COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X, W-PLT-Y, W-PLT-Z.

F02-206-01

3) Turn off the main power switch, and mount the new standard white plate.4) Turn on the main power switch.5) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

XXXX YYYY

value of W-PLT-Z

value of W-PLT-Y

value of W-PLT-X

ZZZZ


2-7R

3 Adjusting Other Electrical Parts

3.1 When Replacing the CCD Unit1) Remove the reader unit front lower cover.2) Record the values (AL-RG, AL-GB; indicated on the label attached to the new CCD

unit) on the service label on the reader unit front lower cover.3) Mount the new CCD unit.4) Put the machine back into its initial condition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover

removed.)5) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.6) Make the following selections in service mode, and enter the values recorded in step 2):

ADJUST>CCD>AL-RG/AL-GB.

Memo

The values other than AL-RG and AL-GB (e.g., A-RG, A-GB) are unique tothe reader unit, and need not be entered.

7) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.8) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.9) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL; then, set

‘0’ to <P-OFST-Y/M/C/K>.10) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.


2-8R

3.2 When Replacing the Reader Controller PCB1) Remove the reader unit front lower cover.2) Check to see if all items of the service label found on the reader unit front lower cover

have values indicated; otherwise, start service mode, and record the missing values.3) Remove the faulty reader controller PCB.4) Mount the new reader controller PCB.5) Detach the DIMM ROM from the faulty reader controller PCB, and attach it to the new

reader controller PCB.

F02-302-01

When using a new DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM ROMs ofthe reader controller PCB, the DC controller PCB, and system controllerPCB to make sure that their versions will match.

A1B8

A8B1

214241

40398079

A33

A34

B33

B34

A1

A2

B1

B2

A33

A34

B33

B34

A1

A2

B1

B2

A1B15

A15B1

A1B12

A12B1

A1B11

A11B1

J1605

J160

2

J160

1

J1605 J1608 J1609 J1608

J161

1J1614

J1617

J170

2

J170

1

J1603

6 1

1 91

7

131

51

SW1601

1 72

SW1602 VR1

1 8

1 2

LED1605LED1604LED1603LED1602LED1601

ON

ON

DIMM ROM


2-9R

6) Put the machine back into its initial state. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover re-moved.)

7) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.8) Execute FUNCTION>CLEAR-R-CON in service mode. At the end of the mode, the

power will automatically turn off.9) Turn on the main power.10) Enter the values of all items indicated on the service label attached to the reader unit

front lower cover.

In particular, the wrong setting of OPTION>BODY>EC-GLASS (indicat-ing the type of copyboard glass, i.e., the use of an EC coat) will affect thehues of images. Pay extra attention.

11) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.12) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.13) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.14) Execute head shading in user mode.

3.3 When Replacing the AP-IP PCBThere is no particular work to perform for replacement.

REF.

FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ is automatically executed at power-on.

3.4 When Replacing the ECO PCBThere is no particular work to perform for replacement.

3.5 When Replacing the Light Intensity Detection PCB1) Mount the new light intensity detection PCB, and put the machine back into its initial

condition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover removed.)2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.3) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.4) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.


2-10R

4 Checking the Photointerrupters

1) Start service mode.2) Make the following selections to bring up the following screen: COPIER>I/O>R-CON.3) Make checks as indicated:

F02-400-01

P001 xxxxxxxx

P002 xxxxxxxx

P003 xxxxxxxx

P004 xxxxxxxx

P005 xxxxxxxx

P006 xxxxxxxx

P007 xxxxxxxx

P008 xxxxxxxx

7 0

<R-CON> < 1/10 > < READY >

P008 xxxxxxxxAddress

bit 0

bit 1

bit 7

Display Adjust Function Option Test CounterI/O


2-11R

T08-204-01

Notation PS101 PS102Name Scanner home position Copyboard cover open/

sensor closed sensorService mode Display>Sensor>SC-HP R-CON, P004 bit 0Checks A press on the Start key During standby, when(normal if will cause the following the copyboard cover isas described) changes:‘1’ --> ‘0’ --> ‘1’ •opened, ‘0’.

•closed, ‘1’.


2-12R

5 Upgrading the Machine

The machine may be upgraded by either of the following two methods:[1] by replacing the DIMM on the rear controller PCB[2] updating the contents of the DIMM by downloading from a PCB

5.1 Replacing the DIMMThe DIMM is mounted in the following location of the machine:

F02-501-01

Reader controller PCB DIMM


2-13R

5.1.1 Removing the DIMM from the Reader Controller PCB1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.2) Remove the front lower cover.3) Remove the scanner motor drive PCB.4) While spreading open the claws of the slot, lift the DIMM to detach.

F02-501-02

F02-501-03

Claws


2-14R

5.1.2 Mounting the DIMM on the Reader Controller PCB1) Insert the DIMM into the slot at an angle.

F02-501-04

F02-501-05

2) Shift down the DIMM.

F02-501-06

The DIMM may crack. Do not force it.


2-15R

REF.

After replacing the DIMM, go through the following:1. initializing the RAM: COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>R-CON.2. turning off and then on the main power switch.3. entering the values indicated on the service label.4. turning off and then on the power switch.5. executing auto gradation correction in user mode.6. executing head shading correction in user mode.

When replacing with a new DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMMROMs of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and system con-troller PCB to ensure that their versions will match.

5.2 Downloading5.2.1 Making Preparations

Prepare the following:• PC to which the Copier Service Tool has been installed• bi-Centronics cable (showing the notation “IEEE 1284 std-compliant”)

5.2.2 Downloading Procedurea. Making Connections1) Turn off the machine’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug from the

power outlet.2) Remove the front lower cover.3) Connect the connector for downloading and the PC with the bi-Centronics cable.

• Keep the PC off.• Connect the 25-pin connector of the bi-Centronics cable to the PC and its 36-pin

connector to the reader unit.


2-16R

4) Slide the download switch to the LOAD side.

F02-502-01

5) Turn on the PC, and start up the Copier Service Support Tool.6) Connect the machine’s power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power

switch:• reader unit power lamp: ON• control panel display: OFF• printer unit: normal power-up operation

Download connector

COPYLOAD

COPYLOAD

Download switch


2-17R

b. Downloading Procedure1) Select ‘to main menu’ on the start-up message of the Copier Service Support Tool.2) Select ‘next’ on the ‘download/upload’ side.

F02-502-02


2-18R

3) Select the type and PCB for downloading, and click ‘start to connect’.R-CON: DIMM for reader controller PCB

4) Follow the instructions on the PC screen to download the flash ROM data.

Do not turn off the machine or the PCB; otherwise, the DIMM can go outof order, and become unusable.

5) When downloading has ended, turn off the PC as follows:‘OK’ —> ‘to main menu’ —> ‘end copier service support tool’ —> ‘end’

c. Following Up on the Work1) Turn off the machine’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.2) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the reader unit.3) Shift the download switch to the COPY side.

F02-502-03

4) Connect the machine’s power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main powerswitch.

5) Start service mode, and check the ROM version.• COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>R-CON

6) After the check, mount the front lower cover.

Download connector

COPYLOAD

COPYLOAD

Download switch


2-19R

REF.

After downloading, be sure to perform the following:1. initializing the RAM: COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>R-CON2. turning off and then on the main power switch3. entering the values indicated on the service label4 turning off and then on the power switch5. executing auto gradation correction in user mode6. executing head shading correction in user mode

When upgrading the DIMM ROM, be sure also to upgrade the DIMMROMs of the reader controller PCB, DC control PCB, and system controllerPCB to ensure that their versions will match.

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

3-1R

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT ANDFUNCTIONS OFELECTRICAL PARTS

Lamp, Switch, Breaker, and the Like

F03-000-01

T03-000-01

Name Notation DescriptionThermistor TH1 Scanning lamp thermistorLamp LA1 Scanning lampHeater H1 Scanning lamp heaterRelay RL1 Power-cut relayLeakage breaker CB Leakage breakerSwitch MSW1 Reader unit rear power switch

KSW1 Key switch

KSW1

CB1(100V)CB2(220/240V)

LA1TH1

H1

3


3-2R

Sensors, Fans, and Motors

F03-000-02

PS2

PS1

PS6PS5

PS3PS4

PM1FM1


3-3R

T03-000-02

Name Notation DescriptionPhotosensor PS1 Scanner home position sensor

PS2 Copyboard cover open/closed sensorPS3 Original size sensor 0PS4 Original size sensor 1PS5 Original size sensor 2PS6 Original size sensor 3

Fan FM1 Power supply cooling fanMotor PM1 Scanner motor


3-4R

PCBs

F03-000-03

[12]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7][8]

[9]

[10][11]

[16]

[13]

[12]

[12]

[14]

[15]


3-5R

T03-000-03

Ref. Name Description[1] Reader unit main power supply PCB Supplies power to the reader unit.[2] Inverter PCB Drives the scanning lamp.[3] Noise filter PCB Removes noise coming from the power line.[4] Accessories power supply PCB Supplies power to accessories.[5] CCD/CCD driver PCB Drives the CCD.[6] AP-IP PCB Controls analog/digital image processing.[7] Light intensity detection PCB Detects the intensity of light of the scanning lamp.[8] ECO PCB Processes digital images.[9] Connector relay PCB Relays signal lines.[10] Reader controller PCB Controls sequence of the reader unit.[11] Original scanner motor driver PCB Controls the drive of the scanner motor.[12] Keypad PCB Controls the keypad.[13] Control panel CPU PCB Controls sequence of the control panel.[14] Control panel LED PCB Controls the LEDs.[15] Control panel inverter PCB Controls the display.[16] RD I/F PCB Interfaces the reader and the printer.


3-6R

1 Variable Resistors, Light-Emitting Diodes, andCheck Pins by PCB

Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes (LED), and check pins used in themachine, those that are used in the field are discussed.

The VRs and check pins not listed are for use at the factory. Do not touchthem in the field, as they require special tools and high accuracy.

1. Some LEDs hold leakage current, and emit dim light even when off;this is a normal condition, and must be kept in mind.

2. VRs that may be used in the fieldVRs that must not be used in the field.

a.Reader Controller PCB

F03-100-01

A1B8

A8B1

214241

40398079

A33

A34

B33

B34

A1

A2

B1

B2

A33

A34

B33

B34

A1

A2

B1

B2

A1B15

A15B1

A1B12

A12B1

A1B11

A11B1

J1605

J160

2

J160

1

J1605 J1608 J1609 J1608

J161

1

J1614J1617

J170

2

J170

1

J1603

6 1

1 9

17

131

51

1 72

SW1602 VR1

1 2

LED1605LED1604LED1603LED1602LED1601

ON


3-7R

T03-100-01

Notation Name DescriptionVR1601 Scanning lamp Used when replacing the scanning lamp,

adjusting VR light detection PCB, or standard white plate.SW1602 Download SW-1 at ON (COPY): normal copying mode

DIP SW SW-1 at OFF (LOAD): download modeCaution: Do not to touch SW-2; it is for use at the factory.

APPENDIX

A-1R

APPENDIX

1 General Timing Chart

Conditions: book mode, non-AE, full color, cassette 1; A4, single-sided (2 prints, continuous)

Fixing main heater (H1)

Fixing sub heater (H2)

Pickup main motor (M2)

Delivery main motor (M16)

Pickup solenoid (SL1)

Pickup motor (M1)

Cassette 1 pickup sensor (S1)

Pickup clutch (CL1)

Vertical path sensor (S11)

Vertical path clutch (CL2)

Pre-registration senor (S12)

Registration clutch (CL4)

Transfer belt drive motor(M15)Transfer swing clutch (CL23)

Feed auxiliary roller bias

Drum motor Y (M3)

Injection cylinder clutch Y (CL6)

Injection charging AC-Y

Injection charging DC-Y

Exposure LED-Y

Developing cylinder clutch Y (CL5)

Developing bias AC-Y

Developing bias DC-Y

Transfer charging-Y

Auxiliary charging brush-Y

Drum motor M (M4)

Injection cylinder clutch M (CL8)

Injection charging AC-M

Injection charging DC-M

Exposure LED-M

Developing cylinder clutch M (CL7)

Developing bias AC-M

Developing bias DC-M

Transfer charging-M

Auxiliary charging brush-M

Drum motor C (M5)

Injection cylinder clutch C (CL10)

Injection charging AC-C

Injection charging DC-C

Exposure LED-C

Developing cylinder clutch C (CL9)

Developing bias AC-C

Developing bias DC-C

Transfer charging-C

Auxiliary charging brush-C

Drum motor Bk (M6)

Injection cylinder clutch Bk (CL12)

Injection charging AC-Bk

Injection charging DC-Bk

Exposure LED-Bk

Developing cylinder clutch Bk (CL11)

Developing bias AC-Bk

Developing bias DC-Bk

Transfer charging-Bk

Auxiliary charging brush-Bk

Separation charging

Fixing assembly inlet sensor (S25)Internal delivery sensor (S27)Delivery flapper solenoid(SL5)External delivery sensor (S28)Reversing assembly CWclutch (CL18)Reversing assembly CCW clutch (CL17)Reversing assembly double-speed clutch (CL15)Delivery vertical path sensor (S29)Duplex double-speed feeding clutch (CL20)Duplex unit inlet sensor (S30)

Re-pickup sensor (S31)

Re-pickup clutch (CL21)

Duplex normal speed feed clutch (CL19)

Scanning lamp (FL1)

Scanner motor (M5)

Scanner HP sensor (PS1)

Shading correction

Fluorescent heater (H5)

Scanning lamp pre-heatingvoltage

Main power switch ON190˚C

Main powerswitch OFF

WMUP

WMUP RSTBY RSTBYRINTR SCFW SCRV

PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

70˚CAP-IP PCB Gain adjust end Start key ON

Pre-activation

Controlled to 70˚C

CW CCW

1.0sec

Controlled to 190˚C Controlled to 180˚C

2.9V 4.35V Controlled to 3 V (approx.)2.9V 4.35V Controlled to 3 V (approx.)

2min

A-2R

APPENDIX

Conditions: book mode, non-AE, full color, cassette 1; A4, double-sided


RSTBY RSTBYRINTR SCFW SCRV


1st side Start key ON

2nd side Start key ON

RINTR SCFW SCRV RSTBY

1.0sec

Controlled to 19˚C

2nd side

Controlled to 18˚C

CCW

Controlled to 70˚C

2.9V 4.35V Controlled to 3 V (approx.)

CW CCW






Pickup motor (M1)

Cassette 1 pickup sensor (S1)

Pickup clutch (CL1)



Pre-registration senor (S12)


Transfer belt drive motor(M15)Transfer swing clutch (CL23)


Drum motor Y (M3)




Exposure LED-Y




Transfer charging-Y


Drum motor M (M4)




Exposure LED-M




Transfer charging-M


Drum motor C (M5)




Exposure LED-C




Transfer charging-C


Drum motor Bk (M6)




Exposure LED-Bk




Transfer charging-Bk


Separation charging

Fixing assembly inlet sensor (S25)Internal delivery sensor (S27)Delivery flapper solenoid(SL5)External delivery sensor (S28)Reversing assembly CWclutch (CL18)Reversing assembly CCW clutch (CL17)Reversing assembly double-speed clutch (CL15)Delivery vertical path sensor (S29)Duplex double-speed feeding clutch (CL20)Duplex unit inlet sensor (S30)



Duplex normal speed feed clutch (CL19)

Scanning lamp (FL1)

Scanner motor (M5)

Scanner HP sensor (PS1)

Shading correction

Fluorescent heater (H5)

Scanning lamp pre-heatingvoltage

A-3R

APPENDIX

2 Signals and Abbreviations

2.1 SignalsBLON LCD backlight ON signalCONT0 Scanner motor current control 0 signalCONT1 Scanner motor current control 1 signalCONT2 Scanner motor current control 2 signalCONT3 Scanner motor current control 3 signalCOVDEC Copyboard cover open/closed signalCW/CCW Scanner motor rotation direction switch signalFAN_LOCK Power supply cooling fan locked signalFL_S Scanning lamp intensity adjustment signalFL_TH Scanning lamp thermistor signalFLCLK Scanning lamp locked signalFLERR Scanning lamp error signalFLONOUT Scanning lamp ON signalFLPWM Scanning lamp activation signalKEY Control key switch signalM/H Scanner motor drive voltage switch signalMOVE Scanner motor drive power supply signalMTCLK Scanner motor drive clock signalOPPSON Accessories power supply PCB signalPFANDEC Power supply cooling fan rotation direction signalPSFANON Power supply cooling fan drive signalREMOON Power supply cooling fan remote signalRST Scanner motor reset signalSCHP Scanner home position signalSIZE0 Original size 0 signalSIZE1 Original size 1 signalSIZE2 Original size 2 signalSIZE3 Original size 3 signalSOFSWON Power supply soft switch ON signalSTP0 Scanner motor step 0 signalSTP1 Scanner motor step 1 signalSTP2 Scanner motor step 2 signalSTP3 Scanner motor step 3 signalYON Pre-heating ON signalYPWM Pre-heating PWM signal

A-4R

APPENDIX

2.2 AbbreviationsRINTR Reader initial multiple rotationRSTBY Reader standbySCFW Scanner forwardSCRV Scanner reverseWMUP Warm-up

3 Special Tools

See the Printer Handbook.

4 Solvents and Oils

See the Printer Handbook.

A-5R

5 Reader Unit General Timing Diagram

ECO PCB

CP660 only

AP-IP PCB

60P

J2

J801

5 4 3 2 1

5 4 3 2 1

DC

(-)

DC

(+)

J501

J506

J161

4

J504

987654321

987654321

+5.2VGNDR+15V

GNDR-12V+38V+38V

GNDUGNDU

J2002F

J301

J502J1611

65432110987654321 98765432187654321654321

987654321

GN

DR

GN

DR

GN

DR

+5V

+5.2V

+5.2V

+5.2V

GN

DU

+24V

GN

DA

GN

DA

+5V

A+

5VA

+15V

+15V

GN

DR

GN

DR

-12V

GN

DU

GN

DU

GN

DU

GN

DU

N.C

.+

38V+

38V+

38V+

38V

123456781234567

J2002M

GN

DU

+38V

GN

DU

+24V

+5V

GN

DR

+5.2V

+15V

GN

DR

GN

DA

GN

DA

+5V

A+

5VA

GN

DR

+5.2V

J1001

GN

DU

+38

V

12

J6J5J4J3

60P

P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

100V

120V

230V

230V(UK)

230V(CA)

J2036M

J2036F

J1

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Noise filterPCB

Leakage breaker(ELCB1)

FT01

FT02

FT03

FT04

J110

1

Printer unit AC power supply

MT09

FN2-5

P6 GND

J507 J503

J102J101

J2017T

J2017M

J2017F

J2016T

J2016M

J2016F

1215

1315

1315

1415

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

DN

F1

NF

2G

ND

NR

SN

CP

GN

DN

SP

NS

HG

ND

GN

D+

5<A

>+

5<A

>+

12V

+12

V

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

DN

F1

NF

2G

ND

NR

SN

CP

GN

DN

SP

NS

HG

ND

GN

D+

5<A

>+

5<A

>+

12V

+12

V

BE

GN

DB

OG

ND

GE

GN

DG

OG

ND

RE

GN

DR

OG

ND

BE

GN

DB

OG

ND

GE

GN

DG

OG

ND

RE

GN

DR

OG

ND

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CCD/CCD driver PCB

N.C

.N

.C.

N.C

.N

.C.

CP660 only

H1

8

2

4

Reader controller PCB

13

Socket for DIMM

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

13 121 2

FLP

WM

GN

DF

LON

OU

TY

PW

MY

ON

FLE

RR

*F

LCLK

*

RE

MO

ON

GN

DP

SF

AN

ON

PF

AN

DE

C

J1610 A8 B8

A8 B8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

RS

TM

OV

E*

24V

/38V

GN

DI_

CO

NT

0*I_

CO

NT

1*I_

CO

NT

2*I_

CO

NT

3*

MT

CLK

*G

ND

CW

/CC

W*

ST

EP

_AN

GLE

0*S

TE

P_A

NG

LE1*

GN

DS

TE

P_A

NG

LE2*

ST

EP

_AN

GLE

3*

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 81 2 3 4 5

BLU

RE

DO

RG

GR

NB

LK

J303

J302

Original scannermotor driver PCB

Scanner motor

PM1

J1605J1602

6 5 4 3 2 1

FL_

TH

GN

D+

38V

GN

DF

L_S

+24

V

FL_

TH

GN

D+

38V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112

3 2 1

121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

654321

5 4 3 2 1

3 2 1

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

Flexible cable

J2037

J2015

+24VFL_SGND

J2038M

J2001

J2038F

J2039M

J2039F

LightintensitydetectionPCB

MT

04

MT

03

MT

06

MT

05

Lam

p fo

r or

igin

al

illum

inat

ion

Lam

p he

ater

for

orig

inal

illu

min

atio

n

(TH

M)

Inverter PCB Reader unit main power supply PCBJ1002

J1804

12

12

J2024M J2024F

12

21

J2042MJ2042F

J2042T

J180

2

J8

Accessories powersupply PCB

54321

J1003

GN

DD

PP

SO

N

N.C

.

5

5 4 3 2 11 2

FA

N_L

OC

KG

ND

U+

24V

+24

VG

ND

U

1 2 3

3 2 1

J2031TJ2031F

J2031M

J2030FJ2030T

J7

FM4Power supply cooling fan

MT02

+24VGND

+24VGND

7

GN

DD

F_R

XD

DF

_TX

DN

.C.

GN

D

J1601

1 2 3 4 5

5

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

81 2 3 4

J2022C

J2022A

J2022B

For future use

Bi-Centronics connector for downloading

A11B11

10 11

J1651

J1653 J1652

J1606J1603

GN

DD

0D

1D

2D

3G

ND

D4

D5

D6

D7

GN

DS

TB

AC

KB

US

YP

EG

ND

SE

LEC

TA

UT

FD

INIT

FA

ULT

SE

LIN

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

11

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

N.C

.

N.C

.

J955

J1608

J2050HJ2050J2050T

J2051HJ2051

A15 B15

A15 B15

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+5V

MM

IRS

TG

ND

SO

FS

WO

N*

+5V CP

GN

DU

D0

GN

DU

D1

GN

DU

D2

GN

DU

D3

GN

D

GN

DM

MIT

XD

*G

ND

MM

IRX

D*

GN

DLC

DE

NB

GN

DM

GN

DF

LMG

ND

LP GN

D+

5VG

ND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

J901

A15 B15

A15 B15

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+5V

MM

IRS

TG

ND

SO

FS

WO

N*

+5V CP

GN

DU

D0

GN

DU

D1

GN

DU

D2

GN

DU

D3

GN

D

GN

DM

MIT

XD

*G

ND

MM

IRX

D*

GN

DLC

DE

NB

GN

DM

GN

DF

LMG

ND

LP GN

D+

5VG

ND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Backlight PCBControl panel

2

2

J1607

J2052 J2052T

2 11 2

BLO

N*

+5V

2

2J2053

2 11 2

BLO

N*

+5V

GN

DS

IZE

<3>

SIZ

E+

5V

GN

DS

IZE

<2>

SIZ

E+

5V

GN

DS

IZZ

E<

1>S

IZE

+5V

GN

DS

IZE

<0>

SIZ

E+

5V

+5V

CO

VD

EC

GN

D

+5V

FH

PG

ND

GN

DK

EY

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

6 5 4 3 2 18 7

PS1

Original scannerhome positionsensor

PS2PS3

Copyboard cover open/closed sensor

PS4PS5PS6

KSW1

Original size sensor 4




A12 B12

J1609

J2014TJ2014

J2012TJ2012F

J2011TJ2011F

J2010TJ2010F

J2009T

J200

7

J201

3J2009F

(+)

(-)

(-)(+

)

54321

54321

J2018F

J2018M

Lam

p th

erm

isto

r fo

r or

igin

al il

lum

inat

ion

Control key switch

Printer Unit



1-1P

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE ANDINSPECTION

1 Periodically Replaced Parts

As of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks1 Air filter FB5-1463 1 300,000 Or, 1 yr.

The above values are estimates only, and are subject to change based on future data.

T01-100-01

1


1-2P

2 Consumables and Durables

2.1 Printer UnitAs of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks 1 Waste toner box FG6-6795 1 50,000 2 Fixing web FB5-1630 1 85,000* 3 Separation charging assembly FG6-4167 1 100,000 4 Transfer blade unit FG6-4159 4 100,000 5 Transfer cleaning blade FB5-1376 1 100,000 6 Feeding auxiliary roller scraper FF5-9244 1 100,000 7 Pickup roller (cassette) FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made. 8 Feeding roller (cassette) FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made. 9 Separation roller (cassette) FF5-4634 2 120,000 Actual prints made.10 Pickup roller (manual feed) FB1-8581 1 120,000 Actual prints made.11 Separation roller (manual feed)FB5-0873 1 120,000 Actual prints made.12 Fixing roller FB5-1131 1 150,00013 Pressure roller FB5-1132/1133 1 150,00014 Fixing main heater (110 V) FH7-4640 1 150,000

Fixing main heater (120 V) FH7-4642 1 150,000Fixing main heater (230 V) FH7-4644 1 150,000

15 Fixing sub heater (100 V) FH7-4641 1 150,000Fixing sub heater (120 V) FH7-4643 1 150,000Fixing sub heater (230 V) FH7-4645 1 150,000

16 Thermistor FH7-7519 2 150,00017 Thermal switch FG6-6798 1 150,00018 Fixing separation claw FB5-1191 6 150,00019 Transfer belt FB5-3929 1 300,00020 Belt back scraper FF5-9327 1 300,00021 Fur brush FB5-1380 1 300,000

(transfer cleaning assembly)


*Applies only when the color print ratio is 60% and when copies made at a copy count of5 or lower take up 25% of the total.

T01-201-01


1-3P

2.2 Cassette PedestalAs of May 2000

No. Part name Part No. Q’ty Life (prints) Remarks 1 Pickup roller FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made. 2 Feeding roller FF5-4552 2 120,000 Actual prints made. 3 Separation roller FF5-4634 2 120,000 Actual prints made.


T01-202-01


1-4P

3 Scheduled Servicing

1. As a rule, provide scheduled servicing every 50,000 prints.2. Before setting out on a scheduled visit, check the Service Book, and take

parts for which replacement is expected.

1) Report to the person in charge.Check the general condition.

2) Record the counter reading.Check faulty prints.

3) Make test prints in Direct, Reduce, and Enlarge modes; and check the following:a. Imageb. White background for soilingc. Characters for clarityd. Leading edge margin (standard: 2.5 ±1.5 mm in Direct)e. Left margin (standard: 2.0 ±1.5 mm in Direct)f. Fixing, registration, back for soiling

4) Perform scheduled servicing according to the number of prints made. (See 4 “ScheduledServicing Chart.”)

5) Clean any soiled areas inside the machine.6) Make test prints.


1-5P

7) Push the test button of the leakage breaker, and check to make sure that the open/closelever shifts to the OFF side.After the check, turn off the power switch, and shift the lever to the ON side; thereafter,turn on the power switch.If the lever fails to shift to the OFF side, replace the leakage breaker. Then, check theoperation of the breaker.

F01-300-01

8) Put the sample prints into order, and clean up the area around the machine.9) Record the final counter reading.10) Fill out the Service Book, and report to the person in charge.

Be sue to record the check on the leakage breaker in the history column of the ServiceBook.

Test button

Open/close lever


1-6P

4 Scheduled Servicing Chart

Do not use solvents or oils other than those indicated.

: Clean : Replace : Lubricate : Adjust : Inspect

As of May 2000

Unit

Inside cover

(left lower)

Exposure assem-

bly

Transfer assem-

bly

Pickup/feeding

assembly

Fixing/delivery

assembly

Maintenance intervals

Every Every Every Every Others

50,000 100,000 150,000 300,000

Remarks

Or, 1 yr.

As needed; when replac-

ing drum unit.

When replacing transfer

belt.


belt.


belt.


belt.

When replacing manual

feed pickup roller.

When replacing fixing

roller.

When replacing fixing

roller.

Part

Air filter

Exposure LED

Transfer belt drive

roller (1 pc.)

Transfer belt slave

roller (3 pc.)

Feeding auxiliary

roller (lower)

Transfer belt HP

sensor

Feeding auxiliary

roller

Scraper

Manual feeding

roller (upper)

Fixing assembly

inlet guide

Delivery separa-

tion claw

Thermistor (main/

sub)

Thermal switch

T01-400-01


2-1P

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS ANDADJUSTMENTS

1 Adjusting the Image Position

1.1 Standards for Image PositionThe image margin/non-image margin must be as follows in prints made in Direct.

F02-101-01 Leading Edge Non-ImageWidth

F02-101-02 Left/Right Non-Image Width

F02-101-03 Leading Edge Margin F02-101-04 Left/Right Margin

2 54 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200

2.5 ± 1.5mm(2nd side of double-sided copy: 2.5 ± 2.0 mm)

10

8

654

2

0

2.5 ± 1.0mm(2nd side ofdouble-sided copy:2.0 ± 1.5 mm)

2 54 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 200

2.5 ± 1.5mm(2nd side of double-sided copy: 2.5 ± 2.0 mm)

10

8

654

2

0

2.0 ± 1.0mm(2nd side ofdouble-sided copy:2.5 ± 2.0 mm)

2


2-2P

1.2 Checking the Position of the ImageMake 10 prints each from the following sources of paper, and check the output to see if

the image margin and the non-image width are as specified:[1] Cassettes[2] Manual feed tray[3] Side paper deck[4] Duplex unitIf they are not as specified, adjust the image position by performing the following in se-

quence:1. Left/right image margin adjustment (adjusting the horizontal registration)2. Leading edge image margin adjustment (adjusting the image write start position to the

LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction)3. Left/right non-image width (adjusting the image mask area to the LED exposure unit

in main scanning direction)4. Leading edge non-image width (adjusting the image mask area to the LED exposure

unit in sub scanning direction)


2-3P

1.3 Adjusting the Left/Right Image Margina. Cassette1) Remove the cassette.2) Remove the right cover L.3) For the horizontal registration assembly [1] of the cassette to adjust, insert a screwdriver

through the hole [2] in the right side plate; then, loosen the fixing screw [3].4) Turn the adjusting screw [4] until the standards are attained; then, secure it in place with

the fixing screw [3]. (The adjusting screw [4] is glued in place.)5) Turn the adjusting screw [4] clockwise to secure it in place temporarily.

F02-103-01

[1]

[1]

[2]


2-4P

• Be sure to make adjustments so that the inside of the marking L on the ad-justing plate [5] and the index match.

• Take care when performing step 5). Tightening the adjusting screw [4] ex-cessively can deform the metal plate.

F02-103-02

[4][3]

[5](+) (-)

(front) (rear)


2-5P

b. Manual Feed TrayLoosen the two screws [1], and move the slide guide to make adjustments.

F02-103-03

c. Side Paper Deck1) Slide out the compartment, and adjust the position of the latch plate [1] of the compart-

ment open solenoid (SL102) by means of the two screws [2]. (At this time, use the index[3] on the latch plate as a reference.)

F02-103-04

[1]

(left rear of the compartment)

[1] [3] [2]


2-6P

d. Duplex UnitLoosen the adjusting screw [1], and make adjustments. (A shift over a single index will

cause a change of about 1 mm.)• To move the paper toward the rear, shift it to the left.• To move the paper toward the front, shift it to the right.

F02-103-05

[1]

Left Right


2-7P

1.4 Adjusting the Leading Edge MarginAdjust the margin by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image write start

position to the LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction; an increase of ‘10’ will in-crease the margin by 0.5 mm): COPIER/PRINTER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-VSYNC/AD-V-OHP/AD-V-SP/AD-V-THC.

1.5 Adjusting the Left/Right Non-Image WidthAdjust the non-image width by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image

mask area to the LED exposure unit in main scanning direction; a change of ‘10’ will in-crease the non-image width by 0.5 mm).

1.6 Leading Edge Non-Image WidthAdjust the non-image width by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image

mask area to the LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction; an increase by ‘10’ will in-crease the non-image width by 0.5 mm).


2-8P

2 Image Formation System-Related Adjustments

2.1 Points to Note When Handling the Drum Unit • When taking the drum unit out of the machine, be sure to hold it by its two grips; take

care not to impose force large enough to deform it. • Take care not to force down the shutter surface at the center of the top of the unit; other-

wise, the shutter will warp to come into contact with the drum surface. • Take care not to damage the drum surface after taking the drum unit out of the machine.

(The bottom of the drum is not protected by a shutter). When placing it on the floor, inparticular, check to make sure that the floor surface is flat and is free of foreign matter;further, lay a sheet of paper underneath.

• Do not place the drum unit near a window, to avoid direct rays of the sun. • Do not rotate the injection cylinder or the developing cylinder in the wrong direction;

otherwise, the agent inside will leak. • Do not clean the drum. (Wiping its surface layer can trigger image faults.)

2.2 After Replacing the Drum Unit1) Mount the new drum unit; then, assemble the printer unit to its original state.2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.3) Execute idle rotation of the developing assembly in service mode:

COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-Y/M/C/K.4) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.


2-9P

2.3 After Replacing the Transfer Belt1) Mount the new transfer belt; then, assemble the printer unit to its initial state.2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.3) Make the following selections in service mode:

COPIER>ADJUST>MISC>TRAREA_1.4) Enter the values on the bar code label (shown next) that comes with the new transfer belt

using the keypad, and press the OK key.

F02-203-01

5) Enter the values for TRAREA_2 through 8 in the same way, and press the OK key.6) Record the eight values on the service label.7) Attach the bar code label to the service label. As needed, record the date of replacement

and the counter reading on the bar code label.


2-10P

3 Pickup/Feed System-Related Adjustments

3.1 Attaching the Timing Belt for the Manual Feed Tray Assem-bly

Remove the timing belt from the manual feed tray assembly, and perform the following:1) Adjust the slide guide to the maximum paper width, and check to make sure that the

rack [1] is as indicated.2) Move the protrusion [2] of the manual feed paper width sensor (S46) in the direction

of the arrow until it stops.3) Mount the timing belt and the parts as shown.

For the protrusion [2] of the manual feed paper width sensor (S46) and thebelt lock plate [2], be sure that there will be a gap in section A when theslide guide is moved.

F02-301-01

4) Make the adjustments under “3.2 Executing Paper Width Reference Point Auto Adjust-ment of the Manual Feed Tray.”

[1]

[2]

[1][3]

AA

[2][3]


2-11P

3.2 Executing Paper Width Reference Point Auto Adjustmentfor the Manual Feed Tray

FUNCTION>CST>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4)<Making Adjustments>1) Place A4R paper on the manual feed tray, and adjust the slide guide to the paper width.2) Start service mode, and make the following selections: FUNCTION>CST>MF-A4R (to

highlight); then, press the OK key.3) For A6R and A4, perform the same to register the appropriate reference points,

REF.

To make fine adjustments after auto adjustment, use the following:ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4).

3.3 Adjusting the Paper Width Basic Value for the Manual FeedTray

ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4)Perform the following if fine adjustment is needed after “3.2 Executing Paper Width Ref-

erence Point Auto Adjustment for the Manual Feed Tray.”<Making Adjustments>1) Start service mode, and make the following selections: ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4R

(to highlight).2) Enter the appropriate value using the keypad, and press the OK key.3) For A6R and A4, perform the same to make fine adjustments.


2-12P

4 Fixing System-Related Adjustments

4.1 When Replacing the Web■ If the web has been replaced in response to ‘E005’,1) Mount the new web, and assemble the printer unit to its initial state.2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch. (At this point, ‘E005’ will

turn on.)3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/

PRINTER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR; then, press the OK key.4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/

PRINTER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB; then, press the OK key.5) Turn off and then on the main power switch.

■ If the web has been replaced NOT in response to ‘E005’,1) Mount the new web, and assemble the printer unit to its initial state.2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.3) Make the following selections: COPIER/PRINTER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB;

then, press the OK key.4) Turn off and then on the main power switch.


2-13P

4.2 Adjusting the Nip■ Checking the Nip1) When the machine has entered standby state (i.e., the Start key glows green), wait for 15

min.2) Make 20 A4 copies.

(Let the sheets move under the fixing roller and the pressure roller so that the surface ofeach roller is coated with oil.)

3) Place A3 copy paper in the machine’s lower cassette.4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>FIXING>NIP-

CHK; then, press the OK key. (The A3 copy paper will be picked up.)5) Check the nip of the image on the output. (See the diagram below.)

F02-402-01

• The nip width at the middle must be 6.5 ±0.5 mm. • The difference in nip width in relation to the points 15 mm from the edges of the im-

age (areas A and B) must be 1.0 mm or less.

6.5mm±0.5

Nip width(shiny part)

15m

m15

mm

A

B


2-14P

If the difference in nip width is 1.0 mm or more,Making Adjustments: Adjust the smaller of the two by turning the pressure adjusting

screw. (See the figure below; tightening the screw will increase thepressure and, therefore, the nip.)

F02-402-02


2-15P

4.3 Removing the Skew■ Checking the Degree of Skew1) Check the degree of nip first.2) Check the following areas of the image on the output. • The difference between points 15 mm from both edges of the image (areas C and D)

must be 1.0 mm or less. (See the figure below.)

F02-403-01

D

15m

m15

mm

C

Edge of the image(NOT the edge of the paper).


2-16P

3) Turn the pressure adjusting screws on the sides to make adjustments.Making Adjustments: Tighten the pressure adjusting screw for the larger of the two (area

C or D; tightening the screw will increase the roller pressure andthe speed and, ultimately, will decrease the skew).

F02-403-02

4.4 When Replacing the Fixing Roller1) Mount the new upper fixing roller; then, put the printer unit back into its initial condi-

tion.2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/PRINTER>COUNTER>FX-

UP-RL; then, press the Clear key on the control panel.4) Turn off and then on the main power switch.5) Check the nip and the skew. (See 4.2 and 4.3.)


2-17P

5 LED Exposure Unit-Related Adjustments

5.1 Points to Note When Handling the LED Exposure Unit • Before holding the LED exposure unit, be sure to put on a strap (CK-0534-000)

grounded to the printer unit. • The LED exposure unit contains parts mounted with an extremely high accuracy; be

sure to take care not to impose force to its parts. • When holding the LED exposure unit, be sure to pick both edges of the aluminum sub-

strate; do NOT touch the lens surface or the aluminum base on which lenses aremounted. (Contact with a hand can cause image faults regardless of the presence of oilsor stains.)

F02-501-01 Holding the LED Exposure Unit

• Unless the lens surface is apparently soiled and image faults (light image, uneven den-sity) occur as a result, do NOT clean the lens surface.

Aluminum substrateAluminum substrate

If you have no other choice (as whenmounting the unit to the machine),you may lightly pick this area.

Lens surface Lens base (aluminum)


2-18P

5.2 Points to Note When Mounting the LED Exposure Unit • When mounting the LED exposure unit to the mounting pin on the machine, check to

make sure that the pin and the LED exposure unit are free of dust and foreign matter. • Check to make sure that the LED exposure unit is secured fully to the bottom of the

mounting pin.

5.3 After Replacing the LED Exposure Unit1) Replace the LED exposure unit, and assemble the machine to its initial state.2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.3) Execute head shading in user mode.

5.4 Cleaning the LED Exposure Unit (if image faults, e.g., lightimages, uneven images, occur as the result of dirt on thelens surface)

1) Clean with a cleaning bar as follows:■ Open the front cover, and pull the cleaning bar until it stops; then, push it back in. Re-

peat this four to five times.

2) If no improvement is noted, remove the LED exposure unit, and clean as follows:■ If the dirt is on the LED exposure unit or the lens surface, dry wipe with lint-free paper.

If the dirt is excessive, moisten the lint-free paper with an appropriate amount of alco-hol.


2-19P

6 Adjusting Other Electric Parts

6.1 When Replacing the System Controller PCB1) Open the printer unit front cover.2) Check to make sure that all items identified by “S” on the service label attached to the

front cover carry values; otherwise, start service mode, and copy the missing values.3) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.4) Remove the problem system controller PCB.5) Mount the new system controller PCB.6) Detach the DIM ROM, image memory, and sub PCBs from the system controller PCB;

then, mount them to the new system controller PCB.

F02-601-01 (top view of the board)

If replaced, the version of the DIM ROM may prove to be incompatible; besure to upgrade the DIM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controllerPCB, and system controller PCB.

7) Assemble the machine to its initial state.8) Connect the power plug, and turn on the power switch.9) Execute the following: FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON. (Upon execution, the power will

automatically turn off.)10) Turn on the main power supply.11) Enter all items identified by “S” on the service label.12) Close the printer unit front cover.

J214J223 J220 J215

J201

J202

J204

J210

J211

12

910

1 25 6

109

21

12

1011

21

87

21

1 25 6

112

41

51 41

1671688384

8586

12

1671688384

8586

12

1671688384

8586

12 A33

A34B33B34

A1A2B1B2

B2

B1

A19

A20

B20

B19 A

1A

2

A2

A1

B2

B1

A16

A15

B16

B15

A2

A1

B2

B1

A16

A15

B16

B15

B1

B2

A13

A14

B13

B14 A

1A

2

A33A34B33B34

A1A2B1B2

A2A1B2B1

A50A49B50B49

D1C1B1A1

D32C32B32A32

J205

J206

J207

J203

J228

J208

J209J218J2

19

J226

J227

J222

J225

J224

J213J229

72

1

12

56

12

1110

8 1SW1 ON

LED1

LED2

Image memory Sub PCBDIMM ROM


2-20P

6.2 When Replacing the DC Controller PCB1) Open the printer unit front cover.2) Check to make sure that all items identified by “D” on the service label attached to the

front cover carry values; otherwise, start service mode, and copy the missing values.3) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.4) Remove the problem DC controller PCB.5) Mount the new DC controller PCB.6) Detach the DIMM ROM from the problem DC controller PCB, and mount it to the new

DC controller PCB.

F02-602-01 (top view of the board)

If replaced, the version of the DIM ROM may prove to be incompatible; besure to upgrade the DIM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controllerPCB, and system controller PCB.

J111 J110 J109 J108 J107J105 J104

1 7

14 8

1 23

2 24

1 6

12 7

1 7

J1271 7

J1291 5

J135 J134 J133 J1322 6

1 5

14 8

1 6

12 7

1 8 1 105 1

6 2

15 1

16 2

19 1

20 2

11 1

10 2

13 1

12 2

1 6 7 1

6 2

5 1

6 2

7 1

8 2

9 1

8 2 1 8

1 7 1 5

1 3 1 3

1 2

J103 J102J106

J119

J124J125J130

J123

J122 J121 J120 J101

J117 J116 J115 J114 J113

J112J118

1 2

VR4

J126

VR1

A2

A1

B19

B20

A20

A19B

1B

2

B2B1A2A1

B34B33A34A33

J128B2B1A2A1

B34B33A34A33

A2A1B2B1

B39

B40

A39

A40

B1

B2

A1

A2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SW

1

1 72

A16A15B16B15

A2A1B19B20

A20A19

B1B2

J131A2A1B19B20

A20A19

B1B2

LED3

ON

LED1LED2

DIMM ROM


2-21P

7) Assemble the printer unit to its initial state.8) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.9) Execute the following in service mode: FUNCTION>CLEAR>DC-CON. (Upon

completion, the power will automatically turn off.)10) Turn on the main power.11) Enter all items indicated by “D” on the service label.12) Close the printer unit front cover.13) Correct color displacement in user mode.


2-22P

6.3 Checking the Environment Measurement PCBThe environment measurement PCB and the environment sensor are checked using the

environment measurement PCB checking tool (TKN-0457) and the environment sensor cali-brating tool (TKN-0456).

a. Checking the Environment Measurement PCB1) Turn off the main power switch.2) Remove the manual feed inside cover.3) Detach the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB; in its place, fit

the environment measurement PCB checking tool (TKN-0457).4) Turn on the main power switch.5) Set the meter range to 30 VDC, and check to see that the voltage between J1-1 (+) and

J1-2 (-) of the environment measurement PCB is 24 ± 2.4 V.If not, check the connector for connection; if normal, suspect a fault in the DC controllerPCB.

6) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.7) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen.

TEMP: 25 ± 5°CHUM: 40 ± 10%

8) Check to see if the readings are as indicated. If so, go to step 14).9) Press the Reset key to end service mode, and turn off the main power switch.10) Disconnect J1 of the environment measurement PCB.11) Turn on the main power switch, make the following selections in service mode:

COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.12) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen.

TEMP: 25 ± 5°CHUM: 40 ± 10%

13) Check to see that the readings are as indicated.

Memo

If the readings are not as indicated, suspect a fault in the DC controllerPCB.

14) Press the Reset key to end service mode.15) Turn off the main power switch.16) Connect J1 to the environment measurement PCB.17) Detach the environment measurement PCB checking tool from the environment mea-

surement PCB; then, mount the environment sensor.18) Mount all covers.


2-23P

b. Checking the Environment Sensor1) Check the environment measurement PCB.2) Turn on the main power switch, and leave it alone for 5 min.3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.4) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen, and take notes:

TEMP: °C (data A1)HUM: % (data A2)

5) Press the Rest key to end service mode; then, turn off the main power switch.6) Detach the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB; in its place, fit

the environment sensor calibrating tool (TKN-0456).7) Turn on the main power switch, and leave it alone for 5 min.8) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.9) On the ANALOG screen, check the temperature and humidity; then, take notes of them:

TEMP: °C (data B1)HUM: % (data B2)

10) Compare data A and data B.• difference between data A1 and data B1 is 0 ± 5• difference between data A2 and data B2 is 0 ± 20If the difference between data A and data B is not as indicated, replace the environmentsensor.

11) Press the Reset key to end service mode; then, turn off the main power switch.12) Detach the environment sensor calibrating tool from the environment measurement

PCB; then, mount the environment sensor.13) Attach all covers.

The environment sensor calibrating tool (TKN-0456) is adjusted at the fac-tory. Be sure to store it in an air-tight container with a drying agent.


2-24P

6.4 Checking the PhotointerruptersThe machine allows checking its photointerrupters by means of a conventional meter or

its service mode.

a. Using a Meter1) Set the meter range to 30 VDC.2) Connect the (-) probe of the meter to any of the following:

DC controller PCB: J102-8 (GND)Serial driver PCB: J317-4 (GND)Duplex driver PCB: J505-4 (GND)Pedestal controller PCB: J650-3 (GND)

3) Connect the (+) probe to the terminals indicated (in tables that follow).4) Make checks as instructed.

b. Using Service Mode1) Start service mode, and select I/O.2) Display the I/O address to check, and make a check as instructed.

<Guide to the Connector No. in the Tables>[1] DC controller PCB [3] Duplex driver PCB[2] Serial driver PCB [4] Pedestal controller PCB

Sensor Connector No. Checks I/O VoltageI/O address display reading

S3 [2]>J302-10 Slide out cassette 1, and Paper Present 0 0VCassette 1 paper DC-CON>P002-4 move the sensor flag by Absent 1 5Vsensor hand.S4 [2]>J302-11 Slide out the cassette 2, Paper Present 0 0VCassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-0 and move the sensor flag Absent 1 5Vsensor by hand.S5 [2]>J302-13 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette 1 level DC-CON>P002-6 high) in cassette 1. Absent 0 0VH sensorS6 [2]>J302-14 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette paper DC-CON>P002-5 high) in cassette 1. Absent 0 0Vlevel L sensorS7 [2]>J302-15 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-2 high) in cassette 2. Absent 0 0Vlevel H sensorS8 [2]>J302-16 Place paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-1 high) in cassette 2. Absent 0 0Vlevel L sensorS9 [2]>J302-17 Slide out cassette 1, and Paper Present 1 5VCassette 1 DC-CON>P002-7 move the sensor flag using Absent 0 0Vpickup sensor paper or the like.


2-25P


S10 [2]>J302-18 Slide out cassette 2, and Paper Present 1 5VCassette 2 DC-CON>P002-10 move the sensor flag using Absent 0 0Vpickup sensor paper or the like.S11 [2]>J318-6 Open the right cover, and Paper Present 0 5VVertical path DC-CON>P001-4 move the sensor flag by Absent 1 0Vsensor hand.S12 [2]>J319-2 Open the right cover, and Paper Present 1 5VPre-registration DC-CON>P001-3 put paper over the sensor. Absent 0 0VsensorS13 [1]>J119-5 Open the manual feed tray, Paper Present 1 5VTransparency DC-CON>P009-5 and put paper over the Absent 0 0Vsensor, front sensor.S14 [1]>J119-8 Open the manual feed tray, Paper Present 1 5VTransparency DC-CON>P009-6 and put paper over the Absent 0 0Vsensor, rear sensor.S15 [2]>J319-5 Put paper on the manual Paper Present 0 5VManual feed DC-CON>P001-5 feed tray. Absent 1 0Vpaper sensorS24 [2]>J313-2 Open the delivery assembly Web Present 1 5VWeb length DC-CON>P007-6 cover, and move the sensor Short 0 0Vsensor flag using paper or the like.S25 [2]>J311-2 Open the fixing assembly, Paper Present 1 5VFixing assembly DC-CON>P007-0 and secure the sensor flag Absent 0 0Vinlet sensor in place; then, close the

fixing assembly.S26 [2]>J311-5 Open the front cover. Fixing Up 0 0VFixing assembly DC-CON>P007-5 Slide out the transfer unit, assemb- Down 1 5Vinlet arch sensor and move the fixing ly inlet

assembly inlet guide by guidehand.

S27 [1]>J311-8 Open the delivery assembly Light- Present 1 5VInside delivery DC-CON>P007-1 cover, and block the sensor.blocking Absent 0 0Vsensor plateS28 (face-down [2]>J309-7 Release the face-down Paper Present 1 5Vdelivery unit) DC-CON>P007-2 delivery unit, and open Absent 0 0VOutside delivery the face-down deliverysensor unit cover; then, move the

sensor flag by hand.S29 (face-down [2]>J309-4 Release the face-down Paper Present 1 5Vdelivery unit) DC-CON>P007-3 delivery unit, and open Absent 0 0VDelivery vertical the face-down deliverypath sensor unit cover; then, move

the sensor flag by hand.S30 (duplex unit) [3]>J503-2 Release the face-down Paper Present 0 5VDuplex unit DC-CON>P008-1 delivery unit, and put paper Absent 1 0Vinlet sensor over the sensor.


2-26P


S31 (duplex unit) [3]>J502-A4 Open the front cover, and Paper Present 1 5VRe-pickup sensor DC-CON>P008-0 put paper over the sensor. Absent 0 0VS33 (duplex unit) [3]>J503-5 Release the face-down Paper Present 1 5VDuplex unit DC-CON>P008-2 delivery unit, and put paper Absent 0 0Vlower sensor over the sensor.S36 [4]>J655-10 Slide out the cassette 3, Paper Present 0 0VCassette 3 paper DC-CON>P019-0 and move the sensor flag Absent 1 5Vsensor by hand.S37 [4]>J655-11 Slide out cassette 4, and Paper Present 0 0VCassette 4 paper DC-CON>P019-1 move the sensor flag by Absent 1 5Vsensor hand.S38 [4]>J655-14 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette 3 paper DC-CON>P019-5 high) in cassette 3. Absent 0 0Vlevel H sensorS39 [4]>J655-13 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette 3 paper DC-CON>P019-4 high) in cassette 3. Absent 0 0Vlevel L sensorS40 [4]>J655-16 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette 4 paper DC-CON>P019-7 high) in cassette 4. Absent 0 0Vlevel H sensorS41 [4]>J655-15 Put paper (about 10 mm Paper Present 1 5VCassette 4 paper DC-CON>P019-6 high) in cassette 4. Absent 0 0Vlevel L sensorS42 [4]>J655-17 Slide out cassette 3, and Paper Present 1 5VCassette 3 DC-CON>P020-6 move the sensor flag by Absent 0 0Vpickup sensor hand.S43 [4]>J655-18 Slide out cassette 4, and Paper Present 1 5VCassette 4 DC-CON>P020-7 move the sensor flag by Absent 0 0Vpickup sensor hand.S44 [4]>J655-12 Open the right lower cover, Paper Present 1 5VVertical path DC-CON>P018-5 and move the sensor flag Absent 0 0Vpaper sensor by hand.S45 [4]>J656-2 Open/close the right lowerRight Closed 1 5VRight door open/ DC-CON>P018-6 cover. lower Open 0 0Vclosed sensor coverS51 [1]>J114-11 Open/close the front cover,Light- Present 0 5VTransfer belt DC-CON>P014-7 and drive the transfer belt.blocking Absent 1 0Vsensor plateS52 [2]>J318-12 Remove the manual feedLight- Present 1 5VPost-registration DC-CON>P003-3 cover, and move the sensorblocking Absent 0 0Vsensor flag using paper or the like.plateS55 [2]>J318-9 Open/close the right cover.Right Open 0 5VVertical path DC-CON>P001-0 cover Closed 1 0Vdoor open/closedsensor


2-27P


S56 (face-down [2]>J304-10 Light- Present 0 5Vdelivery unit) DC-CON>P007-4 blocking Absent 1 0VFace-down platedelivery unitrelease sensorWTS2 [2]>J315-2 Remove the waste toner Light- Present 0 0VWaste toner DC-CON>P003-2box. blocking Absent 1 5Vsensor plate(light-receivingelement)


2-28P

7 Upgrading

The machine may be upgraded by either of the following two methods:[1] By replacing the DIMM on the system controller PCB or the DC controller PCB.[2] By upgrading the DIMM contents through downloading from a PC.

7.1 Replacing the DIMMThe DIMMs are located as shown in the following:

F02-701-01

System controllerPCB

DIMM

DC controllerPCB

DIMM


2-29P

7.1.1 Removing the DIMM1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.2) Remove the four screws, and detach the face cover from the rear cover.

F02-701-02

Face cover

Screws


2-30P

3) Remove the two screws, and detach the DIMM cover for the DIMM to replace.

F02-701-03

Screws

Screws

DIMM cover(system controller PCB)

DIMM cover(DC controller PCB)


2-31P

4) While spreading the claws of the slots , lift the DIMM to detach.

F02-701-04

F02-701-05

DIMM(system controller PCB)

DIMM(DC controller PCB)


2-32P

7.1.2 Mounting the DIMM of the System Controller PCB and the DC Control-ler PCB

1) Fit the DIMM into the slot at an angle, and shift it down.

F02-701-06 F02-701-07

The DIMM can break. Do not impose excess force.

REF.

After replacing the DIMM,1. Clear the RAM (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON or DC-CON).2. Enter all settings indicated by “S” or “D” on the service label.3. Execute color displacement correction in user mode (only if the RAM on

the DC controller PCB has been executed).

If you are replacing the DIMM ROM with a new one, be sure to upgradethe DIMM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and sys-tem controller PCB to make sure that the versions will match.


2-33P

7.2 Downloading7.2.1 Items to Prepare • PC (with the Copier Support Tool installed) • Bi-Centronics cable (with the notation IEEE 1284Std-compliant)

7.2.2 Downloading Procedurea. Making Connections1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.2) Open the manual feed tray, and detach the manual feed cover.3) Connect the downloading connector suited to the PCB in question and the PC using a

bi-Centronics cable. • At this time, the PC must remain off. • Connect the 25-pin connector of the bi-Centronics cable to the PC and its 36-pin

connector to the printer unit.4) Slide the download switch of the PCB in question to the LOAD position.

F02-702-01

Download switch(for system controller PCB)

Download connector(for system controller PCB)

Download connector(for DC controller PCB)

Download switch(for DC controller PCB)


2-34P

5) Turn on the PC, and start up the Copier Service Support Tool.6) Connect the power plug of the printer unit to the power outlet, and turn on the main

power switch.Power lamp: ONControl panel display: OFF

b. Executing Downloading1) Select ‘To Main Menu’ from the startup messages of the Copier Service Support Tool.2) Select ‘Next’ under ‘Download/Upload’.

F02-702-02


2-35P

3) Select the PCB in question, and click ‘Start to Connect’.S-CON: DIMM for system controller PCBDC-CON: DIMM for DC controller PCB

4) Download the data for the flash ROM by going through the instructions appearing onthe PC screen.

Do not turn off the machine or the PC during downloading; such could putthe DIMM out of order, rendering it unusable.

5) When downloading has ended, turn off the PC as follows:‘OK’ →‘Return to Main Menu’→‘End Copier Service Support Tool’→‘End’

c. After Downloading1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.2) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the printer unit.3) Slide the download switch to the COPY position.

F02-702-03

Download switch(for system controller PCB)

Download connector(for system controller PCB)

Download connector(for DC controller PCB)

Download switch(for DC controller PCB)

← COPY→ LOAD

← COPY→ LOAD


2-36P

4) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch.5) Start service mode, and check the ROM version.

• COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>S-CON or DC-CON6) After the check, attach the manual feed cover.

REF.

After upgrading work, be sure to perform the following:1. Execute RAM clear (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON or DC-

CON).2. Enter all settings indicated by “S” or “D” on the service label.3. Execute color displacement in user mode (only if the RAM on the DC

controller PCB has been cleared).

If you are upgrading the DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM ROMof the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and system controllerPCB so that all versions will match.


3-1P

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT ANDFUNCTIONS OFELECTRICAL PARTS

3


3-2P

1 Sensors

F03-100-01

Notation Name Notation NameS1 Cassette 1 size sensor S15 Manual feed tray paper sensorS2 Cassette 2 size sensor S28 Eternal delivery sensor*1S3 Cassette 1 paper sensor S29 Delivery vertical path sensor*1S4 Cassette 2 paper sensor S46 Manual feed tray width sensorS5 Cassette 1 paper level H sensor S49 Transfer swing sensor 1S6 Cassette 1 paper level L sensor S50 Transfer swing sensor 2S7 Cassette 2 paper level H sensor S51 Transfer belt sensorS8 Cassette 2 paper level L sensor S56 Face-down delivery unit releaseS9 Cassette 1 pickup sensor sensorS10 Cassette 2 pickup sensor WTS1 Waste toner sensor (light-emit-S12 Pre-registration sensor ting segment)S13 Transparency sensor, front WTS2 Waste toner sensor (light-receiv-S14 Transparency sensor, rear ing segment)

*1: Face-down delivery unit.

T03-100-01

S1

S2

S56

S29

S28

WTS2

S51

S46

S15

S12

S13S14

S9

S10

S3

S4

S5S6

S7S8

S50S49

WTS1


3-3P

F03-100-02

Notation Name Notation NameS11 Vertical path sensor S32 Side registration sensor*1S24 Web length sensor S33 Duplex unit lower senor*1S25 Fixing assembly inlet sensor S47 Temperature sensorS26 Fixing assembly inlet loop sensor S48 Humidity sensorS27 Internal delivery sensor S52 Post-registration sensorS30 Duplex unit inlet sensor*1 S55 Vertical path door open/closedS31 Re-pickup sensor*1 sensor

*1: Duplex unit.

T03-100-02

S27

S24S25

S26

S33

S30

S31

S32

S11S55

S52S48

S47


3-4P

F03-100-03

Notation Name Notation NameS16 ATR sensor Y S20 Toner level sensor YS17 ATR sensor M S21 Toner level sensor MS18 ATR sensor C S22 Toner level sensor CS19 ATR sensor Bk S23 Toner level sensor Bk

T03-100-03

S20

S21

S22

S23S16

S17

S18

S19


3-5P

2 Thermistor, Lamps, and Heaters


3-6P

F03-200-01

SSR2 RL3

RL2

TH2

TH1

TP1

H1

H2

SW4

SW3

CB1

SW1

SW2

ELCB1

SW6 SW5

TP3

H6H7

H3

SSR1

RL1

220/240V100/120VLF

LCD


3-7P

Notation Name Notation NameCB1 Circuit breaker SW1 Main power switchELCB1 Leakage breaker SW2 Power save switchH1 Fixing main heater SW3 Front door switchH2 Fixing sub heater SW4 Transfer noise switchH3 Cassette heater (accessory) SW5 Fixing assembly door switchH6 Environment heater 1 SW6 Face-down interlock switchH7 Environment heater 2 TH1 Main thermistorLCD Touch panel display TH2 Sub thermistorLF Noise filter TP1 Fixing heater thermal switchRL1 AC relay TP3 Environment heater 1 thermalRL2 DC relay switchRL3 Environment heater relay (230 V) TP4 Environment heater 2 thermalSSR Fixing heater SSR switchSSR2 Environment heater SSR

T03-200-01


3-8P

3 Clutches and Solenoids

F03-300-01

CL5

CL6

CL7

CL8

CL9

CL10

CL11

CL12CL16

CL17

CL18CL15

SL5

CL19

CL20

CL21

CL4

CL2

CL14 CL22

SL1

CL1SL4

CL23

CL13

SL2

CL3


3-9P

Notation Name Notation NameCL1 Pickup clutch CL17 Reversing assembly CCWCL2 Vertical path clutch clutch*2CL3 Manual feed clutch CL18 Reversing assembly CWCL4 Registration clutch clutch*2CL5 Developing cylinder clutch Y CL19 Duplex normal speed feedCL6 Injection cylinder clutch Y clutch*1CL7 Developing cylinder clutch M CL20 Duplex double-speed feedCL8 Injection cylinder clutch H M clutch*1CL9 Developing cylinder clutch C CL21 Re-pickup clutch*1CL10 Injection cylinder clutch C CL22 Fixing high-speed clutchCL11 Developing cylinder clutch Bk CL23 Transfer swing clutchCL12 Injection cylinder clutch Bk SL01 Pickup solenoidCL13 Pickup high-speed clutch SL02 Feed holding plate locking sole-CL14 Fixing clutch noidCL15 Reversing assembly double-speedSL04 Web solenoid

clutch*2 SL05 Delivery flapper solenoid*2CL16 External delivery double-speed

clutch*2*1: Duplex unit.*2: Face-down delivery unit.

T03-300-01


3-10P

4 Fans

F03-400-01

FM4 FM1

FM6

FM10FM2

FM7FM13


3-11P

Notation Name Notation NameFM1 Fixing fan FM7 De-curling fan*2FM2 Delivery fan*1 FM10 Kit drive cooling fanFM4 Machine cooling fan FM13 Transfer motor cooling fanFM6 Power supply cooling fan

*1: Single-sided model only.*2: Face-down delivery unit.

T03-400-01


3-12P

5 Motors

F03-500-01

M16

M10

M6

M9

M5

M8

M4

M7

M3

M14

M2

M13

M1

M12

M15

M11

M20M17


3-13P

Notation Name Notation NameM01 Pickup motor M10 Hopper motor BkM02 Pickup main motor M11 Cartridge motor YM03 Drum drive motor Y M12 Cartridge motor MM04 Drum drive motor M M13 Cartridge motor CM05 Drum drive motor C M14 Cartridge motor BkM06 Drum drive motor Bk M15 Transfer belt drive motorM07 Hopper motor Y M16 Delivery main motorM08 Hopper motor M M17 Side registration motor*1M09 Hopper motor C M20 Waste toner motor

*1: Duplex unit.

T03-500-01


3-14P

6 PCBs

F03-600-01

Notation Name Notation Name[1] Control panel CPU PCB [6] Function key PCB[2] Control panel inverter PCB [7] Transfer high-voltage PCB[3] Keypad PCB [8] Transfer drive AC generation PCB[4] Contrast adjustment PCB [9] Pickup assembly PCB[5] Control panel power supply [10] Power supply relay PCB (230 V)

switch PCB [11] Duplex unit driver PCB*1*1: Duplex unit.

T03-600-01

[7]

[9]

[11]

[8]

[3]

[1]

[10]

[5]

[4]

[6]

[2]


3-15P

F03-600-02

Notation Name Notation Name[12] System controller PCB [20] LED power supply PCB[13] DC controller PCB [21] ECO2 PCB[14] Serial driver PCB [22] Parallel I/F PCB[15] Image formation high-voltage PCB[23] Switch PCB (230 V)[16] Separation high-voltage PCB [24] Exposure LED Y[17] DC power supply PCB [25] Exposure LED M[18] Power supply PCB [26] Exposure LED C[19] Drum drive AC generation PCB [27] Exposure LED Bk

T03-600-02

[14]

[13]

[12]

[15]

[22]

[21]

[19]

[20]

[23]

[17]

[18]

[27]

[26]

[25]

[24]

[16]


3-16P

7 Cassette Pedestal

F03-700-01

Notation Name Notation NameCL24 Pickup clutch S40 Cassette 4 paper level H sensorSL6 Pickup solenoid S41 Cassette 4 paper level L sensorS34 Cassette 3 size sensor S42 Cassette 3 pickup sensorS35 Cassette 4 size sensor S43 Cassette 4 pickup sensorS36 Cassette 3 paper sensor S44 Vertical path paper sensorS37 Cassette 4 paper sensor S45 Right door open/closed sensorS38 Cassette 3 paper level H sensorS39 Cassette 3 paper level L paper

sensor

T03-700-01

S45

CL24

S42

S43

S41S40

S38S39

S36

S37SL6

S34

S35


3-17P

F03-700-02

Notation Name Notation NameH3 Pedestal heater (accessory) [1] Pedestal pickup assembly PCBM18 Pickup motor [2] Pedestal controller PCBM19 Pedestal main motor

T03-700-02

H3

M19

M18

[1]

[2]


3-18P

8 Variable Resistors (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes, andCheck Pins by PCB

Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes (LED), and check pins used in themachine, those needed in the field are discussed:

Those VRs and check pins not discussed herein are for use at the factory,requiring special tools and high accuracy. Do not touch them in the field.

Some LEDs hold leakage current and emit dim light even when off. This isa normal condition and must be kept in mind.

···VRs that may be used into the field. ···VRs that must not be used in the field.


3-19P

8.1 Controller PCB

F03-801-01

Notation Name DescriptionLED1 24V check LED ON, if 24-V power is present.LED2 5V check LED ON, if 5-V power is present.LED3 CPU operation check LED Flashes at about 1-sec intervals, if the CPU has

warmed up successfully.Flashes at short intervals, if a RAM check error isfound while the CPU is warming up.On, if the CPU fails to warm up.

SW1 For factory use

T03-801-01

J111 J110 J109 J108 J107J105 J104

1 7

14 8

1 23

2 24

1 6

12 7

1 7

J1271 7

J1291 5

J135 J134

BAT1

J133 J1322 6

1 5

14 8

1 6

12 7

1 8 1 105 1

6 2

15 1

16 2

19 1

20 2

11 1

10 2

13 1

12 2

1 6 7 1

6 2

5 1

6 2

7 1

8 2

9 1

8 2 1 8

1 7 1 5

1 3 1 3

1 2

J103 J102J106

J119

J124J125J130

J123

J122 J121 J120 J101

J117 J116 J115 J114 J113

J112J118

1 2

VR4 VR1

A2

A1

B19

B20

A20

A19B

1B

2

A2A1B2B1

B39

B40

A39

A40

B1

B2

A1

A2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SW

1

1 72

A16A15B16B15

A2A1B19B20

A20A19

B1B2

J131A2A1B19B20

A20A19

B1B2

LED3

ON

LED1LED2


3-20P

8.2 System Controller PCB

F03-802-01

Notation Name DescriptionLED1 5V check LED On, if 5-V power is present.LED2 CPU operation check LED Flashes at about 1-sec intervals, if the CPU has

warmed up successfully.Flashes, if a RAM check error is found while theCPU is warming up.On, if the CPU fails to warm up.

SW1 For factory use

T03-802-01

J214J223 J220 J215

J201

J202

J204

J210

J211

12

910

1 25 6

109

21

12

1011

21

87

21

1 25 6

112

41

51 41

1671688384

8586

12

1671688384

8586

12

1671688384

8586

12 A33

A34B33B34

A1A2B1B2

B2

B1

A19

A20

B20

B19 A

1A

2

A2

A1

B2

B1

A16

A15

B16

B15

A2

A1

B2

B1

A16

A15

B16

B15

B1

B2

A13

A14

B13

B14 A

1A

2

A33A34B33B34

A1A2B1B2

A2A1B2B1

A50A49B50B49

D1C1B1A1

D32C32B32A32

J205

J206

J207

J203

J228

J208

J209J218J2

19

J226

J227

J222

J225

J224

J213J229

72

1

12

56

12

1110

8 1SW1 ON

LED1

BAT1

LED2


3-21P

8.3 Serial Driver PCB

F03-803-01

8.4 DC Power Supply PCB

F03-804-01

J313

J321

J309J308J307J306J304J303

J301

J302

J320 J319 J318 J316J399J317 J315 J314

J312

J310

J311

12

12

98

12

910

12

1312

12

1312

12

56

12

54

4 32 1

6 52 1

1213

21

1213

21

1011

1211

21

21

A1B12

1918

1 211 10

1 217 18

1 38 1

13

19

A12B1

A1B11

A11B1

J2

J1

1

3

FU1201

1

5

J3J4

J5J9

J7J8

J61

9

8

1

1

41

21

5

1

6

1

10


3-22P

8.5 Pickup Assembly PCB

F03-805-01

Notation Sensor Notation SensorS3 Cassette 1 paper sensor S7 Cassette 2 paper level H sensorS4 Cassette 2 paper sensor S8 Cassette 2 paper level L sensorS5 Cassette 1 paper level H sensor S9 Cassette 1 pickup sensorS6 Cassette 1 paper level L sensor S10 Cassette 2 pickup sensor

T03-805-01

J160

4

J1605

J1602

J160

1

J1603

14

41

41

13

B1

A12

B12

A1

J1606 1 3

Cassette 1 (upper)

Cassette 2 (lower)

1 3

J1608

J160

7

1

3

S3

S5

S9S6

S4

S7

S8

S10


3-23P

8.6 Duplex Driver PCB (duplex model only)

F03-806-01

8.7 Cassette Pedestala. Pedestal Controller PCB

F03-807-01

J501J503 J502 J5051 5 4 11 8A10

B1A1B10

J650 J651

J655

J657 J652

J656

1 7

1

31

1

7

2

18

14 2

13 1

6 2

7 1

4 1


3-24P

b. Pedestal Pickup Assembly PCB

F03-807-02

Notation Sensor Notation SensorS36 Cassette 3 paper sensor S41 Cassette 4 paper level 0 sensorS37 Cassette 4 paper sensor S42 Cassette 3 pickup sensorS38 Cassette 3 paper level 1 sensor S43 Cassette 4 pickup sensorS39 Cassette 3 paper level 0 sensor S44 Vertical path paper sensorS40 Cassette 4 paper level 1 sensor

T03-807-02

J160

4

J1605

J1602

J160

1

J1603

14

41

41

13

B1

A12

B12

A1

J1606 1 3

Cassette 3 (upper)

Cassette 4 (lower)

1 3

J1608

J160

7

1

3

S36

S38

S44

S42S38

S37

S40

S41

S43

APPENDIX

A-1P

APPENDIX

1 General Timing Chart

Conditions: full-color, cassette; A4, single-sided (2 prints, continuous)






Pickup motor (M1)

Cassette 1 pickup sensor(S1)

Pickup clutch (CL1)



Pre-registration sensor (S12)


Transfer belt drive motor (M15)Transfer swing clutch (CL23)


Drum drive motor Y (M3)




Exposure LED-Y




Transfer charging-Y


Drum drive motor M (M4)




Exposure LED-M




Transfer charging-M


Drum drive motor C (M5)




Exposure LED-C




Transfer charging-C


Drum drive motor Bk (M6)




Exposure LED-Bk




Transfer Bk-Bk


Separation charging

Fixing assembly inlet sensor

Internal delivery sensor (S27)Delivery flapper solenoid (SL5)Eternal delivery sensor (S28)Reversing assembly CW clutch (CL18) Reversing assembly CCWclutch (CL17)Reversing assembly doublespeed clutch (CL15)Delivery vertical path sensor (S29)Duplex double speed feeding clutch (CL20)Duplex unit inlet sensor(S30)



Duplex equal speedfeeding clutch (CL19)

Main powerswitch ON 190˚C


WMUP PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

Print requestsignal

1.0sec

Controlled to 190˚C Controlled to 180˚C

2min

A-2P

APPENDIX

Conditions: full-color, cassette 1; A4, double-sided



Print requestsignal

1.0sec

Controlled to 190˚C

2nd side

Controlled to 180˚C

Reversal






Pickup motor (M1)

Cassette 1 pickup sensor(S1)

Pickup clutch (CL1)



Pre-registration sensor (S12)


Transfer belt drive motor (M15)Transfer swing clutch (CL23)


Drum drive motor Y (M3)




Exposure LED-Y




Transfer charging-Y


Drum drive motor M (M4)




Exposure LED-M




Transfer charging-M


Drum drive motor C (M5)




Exposure LED-C




Transfer charging-C


Drum drive motor Bk (M6)




Exposure LED-Bk




Transfer Bk-Bk


Separation charging

Fixing assembly inlet sensor

Internal delivery sensor (S27)Delivery flapper solenoid (SL5)Eternal delivery sensor (S28)Reversing assembly CW clutch (CL18)Reversing assembly CCWclutch (CL17)Reversing assembly doublespeed clutch (CL15)Delivery vertical path sensor (S29)Duplex double speed feeding clutch (CL20)Duplex unit inlet sensor(S30)



Duplex equal speedfeeding clutch (CL19)

A-3P

APPENDIX

2 Signals and Abbreviations

2.1 Signals2.1.1 Printer

2SIDE_OK Duplex driver PCB connection detection signalAC_RL AC relay drive signalATR_C ATR sensor C output signalATR_CNT_C ATR sensor C drive signalATR_CNT_K ATR sensor Bk drive signalATR_CNT_M ATR sensor M drive signalATR_CNT_Y ATR sensor Y drive signalATR_K ATR sensor Bk output signalATR_M ATR sensor M output signalATR_Y ATR sensor Y output signalCD0 Exposure LED-C image data signal 0CD1 Exposure LED-C image data signal 1CD2 Exposure LED-C image data signal 2CD3 Exposure LED-C image data signal 3CD4 Exposure LED-C image data signal 4CD5 Exposure LED-C image data signal 5CD6 Exposure LED-C image data signal 6CFAI-1 Exposure LED-C image data transfer signal 1CFAI-2 Exposure LED-C image data transfer signal 2CFAI-S Exposure LED-C activation start signalCFAI-I Exposure LED-C activation enable signalCL1_ON Pickup clutch drive signalCL10_C_ON Injection cylinder clutch C drive signalCL11_Bk_ON Developing cylinder clutch Bk drive signalCL12_Bk_ON Injection cylinder clutch Bk drive signalCL13_ON Pickup higher speed clutch drive signalCL14_ON Fixing clutch drive signalCL15_ON Reversing assembly double speed clutch drive signalCL16_ON External delivery double speed clutch drive signalCL17_ON Reversing assembly CCW clutch drive signalCL18_ON Reversing assembly CW clutch drive signalCL19_ON Duplex equal speed feeding clutch drive signalCL2_ON Vertical path clutch drive signalCL20_ON Duplex double speed feeding clutch drive signalCL21_ON Re-pickup clutch drive signalCL22_ON Fixing higher speed clutch drive signalCL23_ON Transfer swing clutch drive signalCL3_ON Manual feed clutch drive signalCL4_ON Registration clutch drive signal

A-4P

APPENDIX

CL5_Y_ON Developing cylinder clutch Y drive signalCL6_Y_ON Injection cylinder clutch Y drive signalCL7_M_ON Developing cylinder clutch M drive signalCL8_M_ON Injection cylinder clutch M drive signalCL9_C_ON Developing cylinder clutch C drive signalCOPY_RMT High-voltage output enable signalCSCLK C image data input sync clock signalCSRST C image data latch signalCVGA C-LED chip ground signalDC_RL DC relay drive signalDVAC_C Developing AC bias C output signalDVAC_K Developing AC bias M output signalDVAC_M Developing AC bias M output signalDVAC_Y Developing AC bias Y output signalECO_CONNECT* ECO2 PCB connection detection signalEXUNT_SENS Face-down delivery unit connection detection signalFIXDR Fixing door open/closed detection signalFM1_LCK Fixing fan locked detection signalFM1_ON Fixing fan full speed rotation signalFM10_LCK Kit drive cooling fan locked detection signalFM10_ON Kit drive cooling fan drive signalFM13_LCK Transfer motor cooling fan locked detection signalFM13_ON Transfer motor cooling fan drive signalFM2_LCK Delivery fan locked detection signalFM2_ON Delivery fan drive signalFM4_LCK Machine cooling fan locked detection signalFM4_ON Machine cooling fan drive signalFM6_LCK Power supply cooling fan locked detection signalFM6_ON Power supply cooling fan drive signalFM7_LCK De-curling fan locked detection signalFM7_ON De-curling fan drive signalFRK_ON Anti-flicker ON/OFF signalFRNTDR Front door open/closed detection signalH1_ERR Fixing main heater error detection signalH1_ON Fixing main heater drive signalH2_ERR Fixing sub heater error detection signalH2_ON Fixing sub heater drive signalHUM Humidity detection signalKD0 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 0KD1 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 1KD2 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 2KD3 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 3KD4 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 4KD5 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 5

A-5P

APPENDIX

KD6 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 6KFAI-1 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 1KFAI-2 Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 2KFAI-S Exposure LED-Bk activation start signalKFAI-I Exposure LED-Bk activation enable signalKSCLK Bk image data input sync clock signalKSRST Bk image data latch signalKVGA Bk LED chip ground signalM1_A Pickup motor drive signal AM1_B Pickup motor drive signal BM1-I0 Pickup motor current switch signal I0M1_I1 Pickup motor current switch signal I1M10_Bk_A Hopper motor Bk drive signal AM10_Bk_A* Hopper motor Bk drive signal A*M10_Bk_B Hopper motor Bk drive signal BM10_Bk_B* Hopper motor Bk drive signal B*M11_Y_ON Cartridge motor Y drive signalM12_M_ON Cartridge motor M drive signalM13_C_ON Cartridge motor C drive signalM14_Bk_ON Cartridge motor Bk drive signalM15_ENC_A Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal AM15_ENC_B Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal BM15_ENC_C Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal CM15_PLS_A Transfer belt drive motor drive pulse signal AM15_PLS_B Transfer belt drive motor drive pulse signal BM16_LCK Delivery main motor locked detection signalM16_ON Delivery main motor drive signalM16_SPDA Delivery main motor speed switch signal AM16_SPDB Delivery main motor speed switch signal BM17_A Side registration motor drive signal AM17_A* Side registration motor drive signal A*M17_B Side registration motor drive signal BM17_B* Side registration motor drive signal B*M2_LCK Pickup main motor locked detection signalM2_ON Pickup main motor drive signalM2_SPDA Pickup main motor speed switch signal AM2_SPDB Pickup main motor speed switch signal BM20_DT Waste toner motor locked detection signalM20_ON Waste toner motor drive signalM20_OPN Waste toner motor drive signalM3_Y_ENCA Drum drive motor Y encoder signal AM3_Y_ENCB Drum drive motor Y encoder signal BM3_Y_ENCC Drum drive motor Y encoder signal CM3_Y_PLSA Drum drive motor Y drive pulse signal A

A-6P

APPENDIX

M3_Y_PLSB Drum drive motor Y drive pulses signal BM4_M_ENCA Drum drive motor M encoder signal AM4_M_ENCB Drum drive motor M encoder signal BM4_M_ENCC Drum drive motor M encoder signal CM4_M_PLSA Drum drive motor M drive pulse signal AM4_M_PLSB Drum drive motor M drive pulse signal BM5_C_ENCA Drum drive motor C encoder signal AM5_C_ENCB Drum drive motor C encoder signal BM5_C_ENCC Drum drive motor C encoder signal CM5_C_PLSA Drum drive motor C drive pulse signal AM5_C_PLSB Drum drive motor C drive pulse signal BM6_Bk_ENCA Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal AM6_Bk_ENCB Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal BM6_Bk_ENCC Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal CM6_Bk_PLSA Drum drive motor Bk drive pulse signal AM6_Bk_PLSB Drum drive motor Bk drive pulse signal BM7_Y_A Hopper motor Y drive signal AM7_Y_A* Hopper motor Y drive signal A*M7_Y_B Hopper motor Y drive signal BM7_Y_B* Hopper motor Y drive signal B*M8_M_A Hopper motor M drive signal AM8_M_A* Hopper motor M drive signal A*M8_M_B Hopper motor M drive signal BM8_M_B* Hopper motor M drive signal B*M9_C_A Hopper motor C drive signal AM9_C_A* Hopper motor C drive signal A*M9_C_B Hopper motor C drive signal BM9_C_B* Hopper motor C drive signal B*MD0 Exposure LED-M image data signal 0MD1 Exposure LED-M image data signal 1MD2 Exposure LED-M image data signal 2MD3 Exposure LED-M image data signal 3MD4 Exposure LED-M image data signal 4MD5 Exposure LED-M image data signal 5MD6 Exposure LED-M image data signal 6MFAI-1 Exposure LED-M image data transfer signal 1MFAI-2 Exposure LED-M image data transfer signal 2MFAI-S Exposure LED-M activation start signalMFAI-I Exposure LED-M activation enable signalMSCLK M image data input sync clock signalMSRST M image data latch signalMVGA M-LED chip ground signalPKTC_OK Drum unit-C connection signalPKTCSC Drum unit ROM-C control signal

A-7P

APPENDIX

PKTCSK Drum unit ROM-Bk control signalPKTCSM Drum unit ROM-M control signalPKTCSY Drum unit ROM-Y control signalPKTK_OK Drum unit-Bk connection signalPKTM_OK Drum unit-M connection signalPKTY_OK Drum unit-Y connection signalPRBS_AD High-voltage output monitor signalPRMT_ON DC power ON signalRL3_OFF RL3 drive signalS1_SIZE0 Cassette 1 size detection signal 0S1_SIZE1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 1S1_SIZE2 Cassette 1 size detection signal 2S1_SIZE3 Cassette 1 size detection signal 3S1_SIZE4 Cassette 1 size detection signal 4S10_DT Cassette 2 pickup detection signalS11_DT Vertical path paper detection signalS12_DT Pre-registration paper detection signalS13_DT Transparency detection signal (front)S13_ON Transparency sensor drive signal (front)S14_DT Transparency detection signal (rear)S14_ON Transparency sensor drive signal (rear)S15_DT Manual fee paper signalS2_SIZE0 Cassette 2 size detection signal 0S2_SIZE1 Cassette 2 size detection signal 1S2_SIZE2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 2S2_SIZE3 Cassette 2 size detection signal 3S2_SIZE4 Cassette 2 size detection signal 4S20_Y Toner level Y detection signalS20_M Toner level M detection signalS22_C Toner level C detection signalS23_Bk Toner level Bk detection signalS24_DT Web length detection signalS25_DT Fixing assembly inlet detection signalS26_DT Fixing assembly inlet arch detection signalS27_DT Internal delivery detection signalS28_DT External delivery detection signalS29_DT Delivery vertical path detection signalS3_DT Cassette 1 paper detection signalS30_DT Duplex unit inlet paper detection signalS31_DT Re-pickup detection signalS32_DT Side registration detection signalS33_DT Duplex unit lower paper detection signalS4_DT Cassette 2 paper detection signalS46_SIZE Multifeeder paper width detection signal

A-8P

APPENDIX

S49_DT Transfer swing detection signal 1S5_DT Cassette 1 paper level H detection signalS50_DT Transfer swing detection signal 2S51_DT Transfer belt home position detection signalS52_DT Post-registrant paper detection signalS55_DT Vertical path door open/closed detection signalS56_DT Delivery door open/closed detection signalS6_DT Cassette 1 paper level L detection signalS7_DT Cassette 2 paper level H detection signalS8_DT Cassette 2 paper level L detection signalS9_DT Cassette 1 pickup signalSHUT_OFF Main power switch OFF signalSL_DC Exposure LED-DC bias output signalSL1_ON Pickup solenoid drive signalSL2_ON Manual feed holding plate locking solenoid drive signalSL4_ON Web solenoid drive signalSL5_ON Delivery flapper solenoid drive signalSLED_SNS Exposure LED connection detection signalSPAC_DA Separate high-voltage D/A output signalSPAC_ON Separation AC high-voltage output signalSSR2_OFF SSR2 drive signalSW_CUT_OK Switch PCB connection detection signalTH_MAIN Main thermistor detection signalTH_SUB Sub thermistor detection signalTH_OK Thermistor connection detection signalTMP Temperature detection signalTMP_CHG Environment sensor sensitivity switch signalTONER Waste toner case full detection signalTR_AD Transfer high-voltage monitor signalTRUNIT_OK Transfer high-voltage PCB connection signalYD0 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 0YD1 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 1YD2 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 2YD3 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 3YD4 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 4YD5 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 5YD6 Exposure LED-Y image data signal 6YFAI-1 Exposure LED-Y control signal 1YFAI-2 Exposure LED-Y control signal 2YFAI-S Exposure LED-Y control signal SYFAI-I Exposure LED-Y control signal IYSCLK Y image data input sync clock signalYSRST Y image data latch signalYVGA Y-LED chip ground signal

A-9P

APPENDIX

2.1.2 Cassette PedestalCL24_ON Pickup clutch drive signalM18_A Pickup motor drive signal AM18_B Pickup motor drive signal BM18_I0 Pickup motor current switch signal I0M18_I1 Pickup motor current switch signal I1M19_LCK Pedestal main motor clock detection signalM19_ON Pedestal main motor drive signalM19_SEL Pedestal main motor drive higher speed signalS34_SIZE0 Cassette 3 size detection signal 0S34_SIZE1 Cassette 3 size detection signal 1S34_SIZE2 Cassette 3 size detection signal 2S34_SIZE3 Cassette 3 size detection signal 3S34_SIZE4 Cassette 3 size detection signal 4S35_SIZE0 Cassette 4 size detection signal 0S35_SIZE1 Cassette 4 size detection signal 1S35_SIZE2 Cassette 4 size detection signal 2S35_SIZE3 Cassette 4 size detection signal 3S35_SIZE4 Cassette 4 size detection signal 4S36_DT Cassette 3 paper detection signalS37_DT Cassette 4 paper detection signalS38_DT Cassette 3 paper level 1 detection signalS39_DT Cassette 3 paper level 0 detection signalS40_DT Cassette 4 paper level 1 detection signalS41_DT Cassette 4 paper level 0 detection signalS42_DT Cassette 3 pickup detection signalS43_DT Cassette 4 pickup detection signalS44_DT Vertical path paper detection signalS45_DT Right door open/closed detection signalSL6_ON Pickup solenoid drive signal

2.2 AbbreviationsLSTR Last rotationPINTR Printer initial multiple rotationPRINT PrintPSTBY Printer standbyWMUP Warm-up

A-10P

APPENDIX

A-11P

3 Printer Unit General Circuit Diagram

1 2 3 41 2 3 4

GN

DS

GN

DS

+5V

S+

5VS

GN

DG

ND

+5V

S+

5VS

J3506J3505

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+5V

S+

5VS

+5V

S+

5VS

GN

DS

GN

DS

GN

DS

GN

DS

J6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J6151FJ6151M

12

J6105F

1 2 3123

J6103H

J6103D

J112

GN

DN

CR

LCH

K24

V

12345678

J103

+24V

NC

+24V

RE

T+

24VR

ET

+24V

RE

TN

CD

C_R

LA

C_R

L

123456789101112 1234

J1122J1107

1 2 1 2

1 2 3 4

+38

V+

38V

GN

DG

ND

J1104

J6152 J6153

M2 M16

12345678

12345678

+24V

+24V

GN

DG

ND

+5V

GN

D+

24VS

HU

T_O

FF

J1102

J317

1234

1234

+24V

GN

D+

5VG

ND

J1101

J505

Duplex drive PCB

J1115

1234

GN

D+

24VG

ND

+24V

+24V

_CO

ING

ND

_CO

IN+

24V_C

CX

GN

D_C

CX

+24V

+24V

GN

DG

ND

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

12345 123451234

J1120 J1119 J1117

Not usedNot usedNot used

1 2 3 4 5 6 71234567

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

H1_

ER

RH

1_O

NH

2_O

NH

2_E

RR

GN

DF

RK

_ON

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5

J6205H

J6205L

J6205D

J6204

J113

SSR1 SSR2

12

J1118

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3123

123

J6206H

J6206L

J6202

J121

J6206D

FM06

+24

VA

NG

ND

FM

6_O

NG

ND

FM

6_LC

KN

C

Power supply cooling fan

1234

1234

J1116

GN

D+

5V

GN

D+

24V

J608

1 2 3 4

+24V

+24V

GN

DG

ND

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

12345678

J1113

GN

D+

24V

GN

D+

5V

J4106

J6201F

J6201M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1234567

12345

123456

1234561 2 3 4 5 6

GN

D+

24V

+5V

AN

SH

UT-

DO

WN

GN

D+

24V

R

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5

J6203H

J6203L

J6203D

J6205H

J6205L

J6204

J1121

Switch PCB

J10

J12

J13

MA

IN_E

RR

MA

IN_O

NS

UB

_ON

SU

B_E

RR

GN

D

MA

IN_E

RR

MA

IN_O

NS

UB

_ON

FR

K_O

N

SU

B_E

RR

GN

D

GN

D

200V

1 21 2 3N

C

1 21 2 3N

C

1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2 3 4 5 6 7

NC

NC

1234

1234567891011 12345678910

1234

1234567891011 12345678910

1234

1234567891011 12345678910

1234

1234567891011 12345678910

1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 21 2 31 21 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6

P1P2P3P4 1234

1234

5678

5678

P1P2P3P4 12345678

EEPROM_YEEPROM_MEEPROM_CEEPROM_K

S16ATR_Y

J6251

J6253 J6252

J108H

J108B J108A

J6263FB

J6263FA

J6263M

J6263H

P1P2P3P4 1234

1234

5678

5678

P1P2P3P4 12345678

S17ATR_M

J6254

J6256 J6255

J109H

J109B J109A

J6264FB

J6264FA

J6264M

J6264H

P1P2P3P4 1234

1234

5678

5678

P1P2P3P4 12345678

S18ATR_C

J6257

J6259 J6258

J110H

J110B J110A

J6265FB

J6265FA

J6265M

J6265H

P1P2P3P4 1234

1234

5678

5678

P1P2P3P4 12345678

S19ATR_K

J6260

J6262 J6261

J111H

J111B J111A

J6266FB

J6266FA

J6266M

J6266H

GN

D<

ATR

>+

24<AT

R>

NC

NC

NC

NC

PK

TC

SY

PK

T_S

KP

KT

_DA

OU

TP

KT

_DA

IN

GN

D<

PK

T>

PU

LLUP

5VP

KT

Y_O

KP

KT

VC

CN

C

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

ATR

_CN

T_Y

ATR

_Y

GN

D<

ATR

>+

24<AT

R>

NC

NC

NC

NC

PK

TC

SM

PK

T_S

KP

KT

_DA

OU

TP

KT

_DA

IN

GN

D<

PK

T>

PU

LLUP

5VP

KT

M_O

KP

KT

VC

CN

CN

CN

CN

CAT

R_C

NT

_MAT

R_M

GN

D<

ATR

>+

24<AT

R>

NC

NC

NC

NC

PK

TC

SC

PK

T_S

KP

KT

_DA

OU

TP

KT

_DA

IN

GN

D<

PK

T>

PU

LLUP

5VP

KT

C_O

KP

KT

VC

CN

C

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

ATR

_CN

T_C

ATR

_C

GN

D<

ATR

>+

24<AT

R>

NC

NC

NC

NC

PK

TC

SK

PK

T_S

KP

KT

_DA

OU

TP

KT

_DA

IN

GN

D<

PK

T>

PU

LLUP

5VP

KT

K_O

KP

KT

VC

CN

CN

CN

CN

CAT

R_C

NT

_KAT

R_K

NC

NC

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 21 2

1 2 31 2 3

123 NC

NC

NC

J118

J6270D

J6270H

J6270L

J6269

J6270H

J6270L

J6287F

J6287M

RL3

FT

151

FT

152

RL3

_OF

FS

SR

2_O

FF

GN

D

200V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1012345678910

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1012345678910

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1012345678910

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 201 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

12345678910111213141516171819201234567891011121314151617181920

1234567891011121314151617181920

12345678910

1234567891011121314151617181920

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 201 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 201 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

12345678910111213141516171819201234567891011121314151617181920

12345678910111213141516171819201234567891011121314151617181920

Exposure LED Y Exposure LED M

J131A

J131H

J6309D

J6309H

J6309L

J6310D

J6310H

J6310L

J6302

J6301

J6304

J6303

J131B

Exposure LED CExposure LED Bk

J132A

J132H

J6311D

J6311H

J6311L

J6312D

J6312H

J6312L

J6306

J6305

J6308

J6307

J3501J3502J3503J3504

J132B

LED power supply PCB

YV

GA

YFA

I-I G

ND

YFA

I-1G

ND

YFA

I-2G

ND

YFA

I-SG

ND

YS

RS

TG

ND

YS

CLK

SL_S

NS

*Y

SD

ATA0

YS

DATA

1Y

SD

ATA2

YS

DATA

3Y

SD

ATA4

YS

DATA

5Y

SD

ATA6

MV

GA

MFA

I-I G

ND

MFA

I-1G

ND

MFA

I-2G

ND

MFA

I-SG

ND

MS

RS

TG

ND

MS

CLK

SLE

D_S

NS

*M

SD

ATA0

MS

DATA

1M

SD

ATA2

MS

DATA

3M

SD

ATA4

MS

DATA

5M

SD

ATA6

CV

GA

CFA

I-I G

ND

CFA

I-1G

ND

CFA

I-2G

ND

CFA

I-SG

ND

CS

RS

TG

ND

CS

CLK

SLE

D_S

NS

*C

SD

ATA0

CS

DATA

1C

SD

ATA2

CS

DATA

3C

SD

ATA4

CS

DATA

5C

SD

ATA6

KV

GA

KFA

I-I G

ND

KFA

I-1G

ND

KFA

I-2G

ND

KFA

I-SG

ND

KS

RS

TG

ND

KS

CLK

SLE

D_S

NS

*K

SD

ATA0

KS

DATA

1K

SD

ATA2

KS

DATA

3K

SD

ATA4

KS

DATA

5K

SD

ATA6

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

J6314L

J6314H

J6314D

1234

123

123

J6313M

J6313F

J6315FA C

MT221

+5V

+24

VG

ND

123+

5V+

24V

GN

D

J1114

GN

D O

P_C

ST

+24

V O

P_C

ST

+5V

OP

_CS

T

2-cassettepedestal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 1234567

1234567

J6315FB

J124

B

GN

DT

XE

ND

1NT

XD

ATA1

RX

RO

AD

1NR

XD

ATA1

TX

OU

TE

NB

1NN

C

CH

OC

LKN

C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1212 12345

12345

1234567

1234567

J6319FA

J104J123

J6316D

J6316HJ6317H

J6316L

A

J6319FB

J105

J6318L

J6318H

J6318D

B

J6317D

J6317L

J6319F

C

MT222

Finisher/Side paper deck

GN

DF

NS

_RX

D3

FN

S_T

XD

3G

ND

GN

D

OP

VC

CR

MT

GN

DG

ND

GN

DC

HO

CLK

TX

EN

D2N

TX

DATA

2R

XLO

AD

2NR

XD

ATA2

TX

OU

TE

NB

2N

+24V

NC

NC

NC

123456789101112131415161 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

12345678910

1234

1 2 3 4 5 6

12345678910111213

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

123456789101112

1234567

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

12345

12345

1234

J605

J315 J310 J301

M15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 1 2 3

GN

D

1234561 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5123456

J6401 J6402 J6404 J6403

J601 J606 J602

Drum drive motor Y

M

Drum drive motor M

MM3 M4

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

M3_

Y_P

LSB

M3_

Y_P

LSA

GN

D

M4_

M_P

LSB

M4_

M_P

LSA

GN

D

M3_

Y_E

NC

C+

5VM

3_Y

_EN

CB

M3_

Y_E

NC

AG

ND

M4_

M_E

NC

C+

5VM

4_M

_EN

CB

M4_

M_E

NC

AG

ND

1234561 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5123456

J6405 J6406 J6408 J6407

J603 J609 J604

Drum drive motor C

M

Drum drive motor K

MM5 M6

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

M5_

C_P

LSB

M5_

C_P

LSA

GN

D

M6_

Bk_

PLS

B

M6_

Bk_

PLS

A

GN

D

M5_

C_E

NC

C+

5VM

5_C

_EN

CB

M5_

C_E

NC

AG

ND

M6_

Bk_

EN

CC

+5V

M6_

Bk_

EN

CB

M6_

Bk_

EN

CA

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

J607

EN

CG

ND

CLK

RE

SE

T*

TX

DR

XD

B16A16

1234 B16A16

J6413H

J6413L

J6413D

1231 2 3

J6418

S51 121 2

1 21 2

J6414H

1 2

J6414L

J6414D

J4206 J4202

J6415H

J6415D

J6415L

M

TON

ER

_MO

N

+12

V

J6417H

J6417L

J6417D

1234

1234

1234

Y-BRADEM-BRADEC-BRADEK-BRADESIZAZUM4MT275

T101T201T301T401T801

P S

WTS2

J1431

WTS1

J1430

Transfer belt drive motor

MJ6410 J6411

J704

J701

J703

J702

MT274MT273

GN

DB

2_P

LSB

1_P

LSA

2_P

LSA

1_P

LSG

ND

EN

C_C

LED

_ON

EN

C_A

EN

C_B

GN

D+

5V+

5VG

ND

TN

RF

ULL

-SE

NS

NC

TM

-1S

EN

S*

GN

DTO

NE

_RM

TM

-OP

EN

GN

DT

R_H

P_S

EN

SD

ALD

2D

AC

LKD

AD

T3

AN

SW

_SE

L0A

MS

W_S

EL1

TR

UN

IT_O

K*

CO

PY

_RM

TG

ND

TR

_AD

GN

D

NC

+24V_TRGND5_TR+5V_TRGND24_TR

+24V_TR

+5V_TRFT186

FT185

FT184

FT183

SW4

NC

GN

D_U

GN

D24

_TR

+24

VU

NC

+24

VU

NC

GN

D_U

GN

D5_

TR

+5V

DN

C+

5V_T

R

B_P

LS_O

UT

A_P

LS_O

UT

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

DM

15_E

NC

_AM

15_E

NC

_B+

5VM

15_E

NC

_C

J6416F J6416M

J420

1

J4203

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

+5V

TON

ER

S51

_DT

GN

D

GND

GND+24V

+5V

TM

-1S

EN

S*

GN

DT

M-O

NT

M-O

PE

NG

ND

TR

_HP

_SE

NS

DA

LD2

DA

CLK

DA

DT

3A

NS

W_S

EL0

AM

SW

_SE

L1T

RU

NIT

_OK

*C

OP

Y_R

MT

GN

DT

R_A

DG

ND

J640

9FB

_16

J640

9FB

_15

J640

9FB

_14

J640

9FB

_13

J640

9FB

_12

J640

9FB

_11

J640

9FB

_10

J640

9FB

_9J6

409F

B_8

J640

9FB

_7J6

409F

B_6

J640

9FB

_5J6

409F

B_4

J640

9FB

_3J6

409F

B_2

J640

9FB

_1

J4204

J114 J117

Drum drive AC generation PCB

Transfer drive AC generation PC

Waste toner sensor

Transfer unit

MT269

MT270

FT181

FT182

J6409FWH

J6409MWH

J6409FA

J6409MA

J6409F

J6409M

J6409FB

J6409MB

Transfer beltsensor

Water tonermotor

M20

J302

1 2 3

J399

(RE

SE

RV

_FA

N_O

N)

(LC

K)

(GN

D)

1 2 3

S49 Transferswingsensor 1

123456789101112

123456

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

J6462H

J6462D

J6462L

J6463

1 2 3

S50 Transferswingsensor 2

J6464

J303

Pickup main motor

J6461

M

M2

M2_S

PD

BM

2_SP

DA

M2_LC

KM

2_ON

GN

D+

5VG

ND

S49_D

T+

5VG

ND

S50_D

T+

5V

Transfer swingsensor unit

1 2

CL

SL23 Transferswingclutch

J6465

J6465H

1 2

CL

SL13 Pickupdouble-spedclutch

J6466

J6466H

1 2

CL

SL4 Registrationclutch

J6467

J6467H

J6470H

J6470D

J6470L

J6469

123456789

J320

1231 2 3

1 2 3

FM10 Kit drivecooling fan

+24V

CL23_O

N*

+24V

CL13_O

N*

+24V

CL4_O

N*

FM

10_LCK

GN

DF

M10_O

N

Transfer swingsensor unit

Registrationdrive unit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18123456789101112131415161718

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

S9

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

M1 CL1 SL1

M

1 2 3 4

CL SL

S10 S3

S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

J1606

NC

NC

NC

NC

A A*

B B*

+24

V

+24

V

GN

DU

RT

RY

_SE

NS

+5V

GN

DLR

TR

Y_S

EN

S+

5V

GN

DU

CS

TU

M_S

EN

S+

5V

J1602 J1603 J1604 J1607

J1601

J1608 J1605

+24

V+

5VG

ND

E10

_FE

ED

_CL

E10

_AR

OL_

SL

E10

_FE

DM

_AE

10_F

ED

M_B

E10

_FE

DM

_10

E10

_FE

DM

_11

E10

_UC

ST

UM

_SE

NS

E10

_LC

ST

UM

_SE

NS

NC

E10

_UPA

PR

L_S

EN

SE

10_U

PAP

RH

_SE

NS

E10

_LPA

PR

L_S

EN

SE

10_L

PAP

RH

_SE

NS

E10

_UR

TR

Y_S

EN

SE

10_L

RT

RY

_SE

NS

Pickup unit

Pickup assembly PCB

Serial driver PCB

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

123456789101112345678

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

12312

CL

CL5

J6452H

J6452

12

CL

CL7

J6453H

J6453

12

CL

CL9

J6454H

J6454

12

CL

CL11

J6455H

J6455

CL

CL6

J6457H

J6457

123

CL

CL8

J6458H

J6458

123

CL

CL10

J6459H

J6459

123

CL

CL12

J6460H

J6460

J6456D

J6456H

J6456L

J6451D

J6451H

J6451L

+24

V

+24

VC

L5_Y

_ON

*

+24

VC

L7_M

_ON

*

+24

VC

L9_C

_ON

*

+24

V

NC

CL1

1_B

k_O

N*

CL6

_Y_O

N*

+24

V

NC

CL8

_M_O

N*

+24

V

NC

CL1

0_C

_ON

*

+24

VC

L12_

Bk_

ON

*

J321

Kit drive unitDevelopingcylinderclutch Y

Developingcylinderclutch M

Developingcylinderclutch C

Developingcylinderclutch Bk

Injectioncylinderclutch Y

Injectioncylinderclutch M

Injectioncylinderclutch C

Injectioncylinderclutch Bk

123456

1 2 3

12345678910111213

1 2 3 4 5 6

Delivery main motor

J6518

M

M16

1 2

CL

CL14 Fixing clutch

J6523

J6523H

CL

CL22Fixing doublespeed clutch

J6524

J6524H

J6519H

J6519D

J6519L

J6526

1231 2 3

1 2 3

FM1Fixing fan

J6521H

J6521D

J6521L

J6522

J6522H

1231 2 3

1 2 3

FM2Delivery fan

J6520H

J6520

1 2 3

FM4 Machinecooling fan

NC

FM

1_LCK

GN

DF

M1_O

NF

M4_O

NG

ND

FM

4_LCK

FM

2_LCK

GN

DF

M2_O

N+

24VC

L14_ON

*+

24VC

L22_ON

*

M16_S

PD

BM

16_SP

DA

M16_LC

KM

16_ON

GN

D+

5V

J314J312

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

J308A J308BJ308WH

J307A J307BJ307WH

A11 B11 A12 B12

S20

_Y+

5V

GN

D

M7_

Y_A

M7_

Y_A

*+

24V

+24

VM

7_Y

_BM

7_Y

_B*

+24

VM

11_Y

_ON

*

S21

_M+

5V

GN

D

M8_

M_A

M8_

M_A

*+

24V

+24

VM

8_M

_BM

8_M

_B*

+24

VM

12_M

_ON

*

S22

_C+

5V

GN

D

M9_

C_A

M9_

C_A

*+

24V

+24

VM

9_C

_BM

9_C

_B*

+24

VM

13_C

_ON

*

S23

_Bk

+5V

GN

D

M10

_Bk_

AM

10_B

k_A

*+

24V

+24

VM

10_B

k_B

M10

_Bk_

B*

+24

VM

14_B

k_O

N*

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111234567891011

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111234567891011

J6571L

J6571H

J6571D

123

12

123456

J6574J6574H

J6573

J6573HJ6572

M

S20Toner levelsensor Y

M

M7 M11Hoppermotor Y

Cartridgemotor Y

123

12

123456

J6578J6578H

J6577

J6777HJ6576

M

S21Toner levelsensor Y

M

M8 M12Hoppermotor Y

Cartridgemotor Y

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111234567891011

J6579L

J6579H

J6579D

123

12

123456

J6582J6582H

J6581

J6581HJ6580

M

S22Toner levelsensor C

M

M9 M13Hopermotor C

Cartridgemotor C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111234567891011

J6583L

J6583H

J6583D

123

12

123456

J6586J6586H

J6585

J6585HJ6584

M

S23Toner levelsensor Bk

M

M10 M14Hoppermotor Bk

Cartridgemotor Bk

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12N

C

NC

Hoper unit Y Hopper unit M Hopper unit C Hopper unit Bk

123451 2 3 4 5

12345678910111213

123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 812345678

12

CL

CL17

J6558H

J6558

12

CL

CL18

J6559H

J6559

12

CL

CL15

J6560H

J6560

12

CL

CL16

J6561H

J6561

J6557D

J6557H

J6557L

123

FM7

J6562

S56

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111234567891011

J6555D

J6555H

J6555L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

J304 J309

123456789101112

J6556D

J6556H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

J6556L

J6564D

J6564H

J6564L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1312345678910111213

J6563D

J6563H

J6563L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111234567891011

J6565D

J6565H

J6565L

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

CL1

7_O

N*

CL1

8_O

N*

CL1

5_O

N*

CL1

6_O

N*

RE

VU

NIT

_OK

ReversingassemblyCCW clutch

ReversingassemblyCW clutch

Reversingassemblydouble speedclutch

Externaldeliverydoublespeed clutch

Delivery dooropen/closedsensor

123

J6566

S29

Delivery verticalpath sensor

123

12

J6558

S28

Externaldeliverysensor

SL5

J6569H

J6569J6570H

J6570

SL

Deliveryflappersolenoid

EX

UN

IT_S

EN

SG

ND

GN

DS

29_D

T+

5VG

ND

S28

_DT

+5V

+24

VS

L5_O

N*

FM

7_LC

KG

ND

FM

7_O

N

De-curlingfan

Face-down delivery drive unitFace-down delivery unit

NC

NC

A20 B20

NC

20

NC

20

J1511WH

J224WHJ224BJ224A

J1511BJ1511A

A19 B19

J1513AJ1513B

J1513WH

A20

B20P

aral

lel

LED

Bk

BH

F 8

2A

BH

F 8

0AJ2

02J2

10

A20B20

J125AJ125BJ125WH

BHF 82

A BHF 80

A

J101 J134

Flash ROM

J130

PLD

boa

rdR

eade

r I/F

PC

BF

lash

RO

MC

ount

er R

OM

DIM

MD

IMM

DIM

M

J209

J208

J222

J221

J205

J206

J207

Sys

tem

con

trol

ler

PC

B

121

2

121

2

12

1234

12

123456789

1011121

23456789101112

123456789101

23456789

10

1234567891

23456789 1

234567891

23456789

12345678 1

2345678

123456

123456789

10

12 1

2 12

J661

4L

J661

4H

J661

4D

J660

2L

J660

2H

J660

2D

J661

0L

J661

0H

J661

0DJ6

606L

J660

6H

J660

6D

J660

7L

J660

7H

J660

7D

J660

8L

J660

8H

J660

8D

J661

2L

J661

2H

J661

2D

J660

4L

J660

4H

J660

4D

1234

1234

1234

J660

3M

J660

3F

J660

3F

A15

B15

A15

B15

A15

B15

A15

B15

A15

B15

J223

GND+5VCOIN_CONNECT*COIN_CCVCNTGND+5VCOIN_ASTCNTCOIN_TXDCOIN_RXDGND

+24V_COINGND_COIN

+24VGND

+24VGND

GNDAST_RXD3AST_TXD3AST_P60+5VGND

CO

IN_R

OB

O

J229

J225

J214

J226

J227

A

J661

3DA

J661

3H J661

3LA

J661

3DB

J661

3DW

H

J661

3LW

H

J661

3LB

J660

1DA

J660

1H J660

1LA

J660

1DB

J660

1DW

H

J660

1LW

H

J660

1LB

J227

WH

J227

B

Car

d R

eade

r-B

1

Cop

y D

ata

Con

trol

ler-

A1

Con

trol

Cad

-IV

Con

trol

pan

el P

CB

EC

O2

PC

B

CCVCNTCCV_CONE*+5VGND

MT

341

MT

342

MT

343

GNDECO_CONNECT*GNDECO_DAINECO_DAOUTGNDECO_SKECO_CSGND+5V

J390

1

DC power supply PCB

Power supply PCB

1234567

1234567

123456

123456

GN

D+

12VA

NG

ND

GN

D+

5VA

N+

5VA

N+

5VA

N

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

J1106J1108

J2J5

1234567891 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

GN

DO

VP

1G

ND

RM

T_O

NG

ND

GN

DA

C_S

EN

S

GN

DF

+24V

F

J1110

J3

1

1

2

2

3

3

44

55

6

6

7

7

8

8

J122

12345678

J6283L

J501

J6283D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J6283H

SID

ER

EJI_S

EN

SG

ND

CLK

GN

DD

ATAG

ND

2SID

E_O

KN

CN

C

NC

12341 2 3 4

123456

12345678

1234567891012345678910

1234567891012345678910

9 101 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 101 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J6272DAJ6272DB J6272DWH

J6272LWHJ6272HJ6272LB

J6272LA

J502AJ502B

J502WH

1 2 3

1 2 31 2 3

1 2

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8123

J6286L

J6286D

J6286H

CL

CL21Re-pickupclutch

J276H

J6276

1 2

CL

CL19Duplex equalspeed feedclutch

CL20Duplex doublespeed feedclutch

J278H

J6278

1 2

CL

J279H

J6279

1 2 3

J6274L

J6274H

J6274D

J6275

S32 Sideregistrationsensor

1 2 3

1 2 3123

J6281L

J6281H

J6281D

J6282

S33Duplex unitlower sensor

J6280

S30Duplex unitinlet sensor

J6273

S31Re-pickupsensor

1 2 3 4 5 6

J6277L

J6277D

J6277H

J6284L

J6284D

J6284H

J6285L

J6285D

J6285H

123456

J503

12341 2 3 4

M

M17 Sideregistrationmotor

NC

NC

+24V

+24V

M17_A

M17_A

*M

17_BM

17_B*

+24V

CL19_O

N*

GN

DS

31_DT

+5V

GN

DS

32_DT

+5V

+24V

CL21_O

N*

+24V

CL20_O

N*

GN

DS

30_DT

+5V

GN

DS

33_DT

+5V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 201234567891011121314151617181920

1234567891011121314151617181920

J4107

J6369L

J6369H

J6369D

J116 J122

GN

DD

ALD

1D

AC

LK1

DA

DT

1D

AD

T2

AN

SW

_SE

L0A

NS

W_S

EL1

AN

SW

_SE

L2G

ND

SPA

C_O

NS

PAC

_DA

DV

AC

_YD

VA

C_M

DV

AC

_CD

VA

C_K

SL_D

CC

OP

Y_R

MT

GN

DP

RB

S_A

DG

ND

123456

1 1 1 1

1 2 3 4 5

Separation high-voltage PCB

11

J6368F

J6368M

R13SP

EC

_VA

LUE 1

J6374F

J6374M

1 2 3 4

K

SLED

M3

M3M3

M3DEV

INJEC

SUB

NC

NC

1 2 3 4 5

1

J6373F

J6373M

C

SLED

M3

M3M3

M3DEV

INJEC

SUB

NC

NC

1 2 3 4 5

1

J6372F

J6372M

M

SLED

M3

M3M3

M3DEV

INJEC

SUB

NC

NC

1 2 3 4 5

1

J6371F

J6371M

Y

SLED

M3

M3M3

M3DEV

INJEC

SUB

NC

NC

SLE

D_H

VS

LED

_HV

SLE

D_H

VS

LED

_HV

J4101J4102J4103J4104J4105J4108

J4109

MT253

Image formation high-voltage PCB

11

11 123456789101 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

GN

DD

ATA

GN

DC

LKG

ND

DAT

AG

ND

CLK

GN

DN

CN

C

1234561 2 3 4 5 6

J107

J1400

Temperature sensor/Humidity sensor

TM

P_C

HG

GN

DH

UM

TM

P+

24V

FG

ND

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6123456

123456

1234

123

123 123

1 2 3 41234

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

123456789101 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3123 123

123

12

12

J319

J6357D

J6357H

J6357L

SL2

J6361H

J6361

CL

CL3

J6362H

J6362

J6358D

J6358H

J6358L

J6364D

J6364H

J6364D

J6365

J6364D

J6363H

J6363L

J6359

S12

J6360

S15 S46SL

J6367D

J6367H

J6367L

J1410

J6366D

J6366H

J6366L

J119

S13

P SOHPF

J1420

S14

P SOHPR

Pre-registrationsensor

Manual feedpaper sensor

Manual feed holdingplate locking solenoid

Manual feedclutch

+5V

S46

_SIZ

EG

ND

S13

_ON

S13

_DT

GN

DS

14_O

NS

14_D

TG

ND

UA

_RX

DU

A_T

XD

RE

SE

T*

UA

_SC

KG

ND

TR

_EN

CG

ND

Manual feed paperwidth sensor

OHPTransparencysensor (front)

OHP Transparencysensor (rear)

GN

DS

12_D

T+

5VG

ND

S15

_DT

+5V

+24

VS

L2_O

N*

+24

VE

XT

RA

CT

_CL

Pre-registration sensor unitManual feed tray unit

123456789

101112

1234

J203J204

+3.3VAN+3.3VAN

GNDGND

+5V+5V

GNDGND

+3.3VGND

+5VAN+5VAN

GNDGND

+12VANGND

+3.3V

AN

+3.3V

AN

GN

DG

ND

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

+3.3VG

ND

+5V

AN

+5V

AN

GN

DG

ND

+12V

AN

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2

J102 J120 J106

12345671 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

DG

ND

GN

D+

5VA

NG

ND

+24

V_N

on_R

LG

ND

PR

MT

_ON

GN

DA

CLI

NE

_OF

F*

GN

D+

24V

SH

UT

_OF

FS

W C

UT

_OK

+24

VF

GN

DF

12

J1109 J1112 J1111

1234561 2 3 4 5 6

+38V

GN

D+

24VN

onRL

+24V

GN

DG

ND

+38V

s+

24Vs

+24V

NonR

LG

ND

GN

DG

ND

J1105

1 2

RL2

FT136

FT134

FT133

FT135

FT132

FT131

J6105M

J4

1 212

1 212

1 2 3

1 2 3

1234567891 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

SL4SW3SW5SW6

J6517H

J6517D

J6517L

J6512L

J6512H

J6512D

J6513L

J6513H

J6513D

1 2 3123

123

J6501D

J6501H

J6501L

1234567891 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

J6503D

J6503H

J6503L

1011

123123 4545 6767 88 910910

1234561 2 3 4 5 6

J6507H

J6507L

J6507D

11

1 2 3

1 212

J6505D

J6505H

J6505L

J6504

S24

1 2 3

J6509

S26

1 2 3

J6508

S25

1 2 3

J6510

S27 TH1

1 212

J6506D

J6506H

J6506L

TH2

1234561 2 3 4 5 6

J6502H

J6502L

J6502D

123456

1234561 2 3 4 5 6

J6511H

J6511L

J6511D

1011

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

Weblevel sensor

Mainthermistor

Subthermistor

Fixing assemblyinlet sensor

Fixing assemblyinlet arch sensor

Internaldeliverysensor Fixing assembly unit

Fixing assemblydoor switch

Front door switchFace-downinterlock switch

S24_D

TG

ND

+5V

GN

DS

25_DT

+5V

GN

DS

26_DT

+5V

GN

DS

27_DT

+5V

SL

J6514D

J6514H

J6514L

J6515F

J6515M

1 2 3

1 2 3

J6516F

J6516M

1 2 3123

1 2 3123

J6525D

J6525H

J6525L

FT

201F

T202

FT

203

FT

204

FT

205

FT

206

FT

207F

T208

FT

209

FT

210

+24V

GN

DF

RN

TD

R*

FIX

DR

*G

ND

SL4_O

N*

J313J311J316

Websolenoid

J5104MA J5104MB

J5104FA J5104FB

1 2 3 4 5 6

J115

TH

_MA

IN

TH

_SU

B

TH

M_O

K

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

1

2

3

123

12

12

123

123

12

12

12

12

1234

1234

123456

123456

FT1

FT2

<HOT><NUT>

FT1FT5

FT6

FT2

MT1

<HOT><NUT>

120V & 200V 200V

FT3

FT4

FT5

FT

11

FT

9

FT

7

FT

12

FT

10

FT

8

FT

17

FT

15

FT

13

FT121

FT44

FT43

FT122

FT42

FT41

FT

18

FT

19F

T20

FT

16

FT

14

FT6

SW1

J6102L

J6102H

J628

7F

J628

7M

J510

5F

J510

5M

J510

8F

J510

8M

1234

1234

J510

3M

J510

3F

J510

4M

J510

4F

J510

7M

J510

7F

J5110M J5110F

J510

9F

J510

9M

J510

6F

J510

6M

TMDA11 12

12

J510

2F

J510

2M

12

J510

2M

120V & 200V

MT2

OLT1

123N

C

J1

1212

J6101M

J6101F

FT124

FT24

FT

26

FT

27

FT

28

FT25

FT23

FT34

FT30

MT4

FT33

FT32

FT29

MT3

FT31

FT123

FT126FT125

FT22

FT21RL1

TP3

TP1

NCNC NC

H6

H7

H3

ET7

FT26

FT27

FT28

FT

36

FT

35

1234

1234

H1

H2

SUB(UPPER)

MAIN(UPPER)

ET1

ET2

MT141MT142

PLG1

SW2

SD

1 SD

2

SD

4

SD

5

ECO_SW

NCNC

FT

37F

T38

CB

1

Cassette heater

Environment heater

12

12

123

123

12

12

12

12

1234

1234

123456

J510

5M

J510

8F

J510

8M

J510

7M

J510

7F

J5110M J5110F

J510

9F

J510

9M

J510

6F

J510

6M

TP3

NCNC

H6

H7

H3

ET7

Cassette heater

Environment heater

200V

123

123

J11

1231 2 3

1 2 3

J5111F

J5111M

DC powersupply PCB

J1

Power supplyrelay PCB

J14

NC

NC

NC

NC

SW_CUT

ET4

ET3

J306

123456789101112

J6551D

J6551H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

J6551L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6123456

J6553H

J6553L

J6553D

1 2 3 4 5 6123456

123456123456

J1470-1 J1470-2

UPPER LOWER

GN

D

S1_

SIZ

E0

S1_

SIZ

E1

S1_

SIZ

E2

S1_

SIZ

E3

S1_

SIZ

E4

S2_

SIZ

E1

S2_

SIZ

E2

S2_

SIZ

E3

S2_

SIZ

E4

GN

D

S2_

SIZ

E0

NC

12345678

123

123

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 81 2 3

1 2 31 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2

12345678910111213

J318

J6351D

J6351H

J6351L

CL

J6102D

CL2

J6352H

J6352

J6353

J6370D

J6370H

J6370L

J6355D

J6355H

J6355L

J6356

J6354

S11S55

S52

Pickupclutch

Vertical pathsensor

Vertical pathdoor open/closed sensor

Post-registrationsensor

+24V

+24V

SH

UF

_OF

F

CL2_O

N*

GN

DS

11_DT

+5V

GN

DS

55_DT

+5V

GN

DS

52_DT

+5V

Vertical path unit

DC controller PCB

A-13P

4 Cassette Pedestal General Circuit Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 71 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 112 11 10 916 1518 17 14 13 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

Cassette 3 size sensor Cassette 4 size sensor

J1740-3 J1740-4

J2003L J2004L

J2003D J2004D

J2002L

J2002H

J2002D

J652 J655 J656

J2003H J2004H

GN

DS

34_S

IZE

0S

34_S

IZE

1S

34_S

IZE

2S

34_S

IZE

3S

34_S

IZE

4G

ND

S35

_SIZ

E0

S35

_SIZ

E1

S35

_SIZ

E2

S35

_SIZ

E3

S35

_SIZ

E4

ID34

n

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Pedestal controller PCB

Pedestal pickup PCB

S39 S41 S37

S38 S40 S44

M_

M19

3 2 1

1 2 3

J2006

3 2 1J2005L

J2005H

3 2 1J2005D

S45

1 2 3 4

M_

M18

M18

_A*

M18

_B*

M18

_A

M18

_B

M18

_AM

18_B

M18

_I0

M18

_I1

S44

_DT

S36

_DT

S39

_DT

S38

_DT

S41

_DT

S40

_DT

S42

_DT

S43

_DT

S37

_DT

+24

VU

+5V

DG

ND

NC

NC

VPA

S34

_CL

VPA

S34

_SL

GN

DS

45_D

T+

5VD

Pedestal main motor

J6571

J657

M19

_LC

K*

M19

_ON

*

M19

_SE

L

+24

V+

24V

GN

DG

ND

3 2 1

1 2 3

J2008

S43

GN

DS

43_D

T+

5VD

Cassette 4pickup sensor

3 2 1

1 2 3

J2007

S42

GN

DS

42_D

T+

5VD

Cassette 3pickup sensor

3 2 1

1 2 3

J1606

S36Q1604

S36

_DT

+5V

D

GN

D

Cassette 3paper sensor

Right door open/closed sensor

1 2 3 4

SLSL6

SL6

_ON

*

+24

VU

NC

NC

Pickup solenoid

1 2 3 4

CL24

CL

CL2

4_O

N*

+24

VU

Pickup clutch

J1602

J1601

J1603 J1604J1605

J1607 J1608

FG

NC

NCGN

D+

24V

+5V

RX

OU

TE

N*

TX

DAT

AT

XLO

AD

*R

XD

ATA

RX

EN

D*

GN

DC

LOC

K

A BC

J2001 J2001B

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 77 6 5 4 3 2 1 8

2 12 13 2 134

A BC

J2000 J2000BJ2000A

MT5

M4

MT3

M4

J650 J651

Cassette 3 paperlevel L sensor

Cassette 3 paperlevel H sensor

Cassette 4 paperlevel L sensor

Cassette 4paper sensor

Vertical pathlevel sensor

Cassette 4 paperlevel H sensor

1 2 3 41 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5

1 2

2 1

J2009

J2011L

J2011H

J2011D

J2009A

A C B 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 18

J2010BJ2010

BCA

ET1ET2

MT2

M4

MT4

M4

GN

D(D

UM

MY

)F

NS

-TX

D3

FN

S-R

XD

3G

ND

+24

VG

ND

GN

D+

24V

FGFG

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

GN

DR

EM

OT

E

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

+24

VG

ND

+38

V

CH

OC

LKG

ND

TX

EN

D2N

TX

DAT

A2

RX

LOA

D2N

RX

DAT

A2

TX

OU

TE

NB

2N

CN1

34

21

56

34

21

56

CN3CN2

211

2

34

21

56

FT

5F

T7

FT

9F

T11

FT

12F

T10FT

8F

T6

J2017FJ2017F

J2017M

OLT11

OLT13(120V)

OLT5(230V)

OLT14(120V)

OLT16(230V)

OLT12

MT7

MT6M5

M5(120/230V)

TWDA1

21

12

FT2FT1

FT4FT3

CB1

FT14 FT17 FT18FT13

FT16FT15

CB15

CB2

J2016F

J2016M

J2016D

PLG11

(100V)

(120V/230V)

M5MT1

PLG12(120V)PLG13(230V)PLG14(UK)PLG15(CA)

FG

M5

MT8

PLG17

CB16

SW12 J2108F 21

21FT14 FT17 FT18FT13

FT16FT15

CB13PLG16

CB14

SW11

J2018F

J2018M

21

1 1

FT18 FT19 FT20FT17CB17

M5

MT8

PLG18 SW13 J2108F

(120V)

(230V)

J2019F

J2019M

H3

Pedestal heater(100V)(120V)

(230V)

To finisher/sorter Side paper deck

Accessories powersupply PCB

Printer unit

Pickup motor

S35S34

(100V)

(100V)

A-15P

APPENDIX

5 Special Tools

You will need the following special tools in addition to the standard tools set:

No. Tool name Tool No. Rank Shape Uses1 Digital multimeter FY9-2002 A For making electrical

checks; e.g., foradjustment of thelaser intensity incombination with thelaser power checker.

2 Door switch TKN-0093 A

3 Meter extension pin FY9-3038 A For making electricchecks (in combina-tion with the digitalmultimeter).

4 Meter extension pin FY9-3039 A For making electric(L-tipped) checks (in combina-

tion with the digitalmultimeter).

5 Environment TKN-0456 B For checking thesensor checker environment sensor.

TA-500-01

A-16P

APPENDIX

No. Tool name Tool No. Rank Shape Uses6 Environment TKN-0457 B For checking the

measurement PCB environmentchecker measurement PCB.

7 Mirror positioning FY9-3040- B For adjusting thetool (front, rear) 000 position of the No. 1/

No. 2 mirror (dis-tance; used in combi-nation).

8 Adjusting spanner FY9-1027- B For adjusting the level000 of the reader unit.

TA-500-02

A-17P

APPENDIX

6 Solvents and Oils

NameAlcohol

Solvent

Heat-resistinggrease

Lubricating oil

Lubricating oil

Drum cleaningpowderLubricating oil

Conductinggrease

UsesCleaning: e.g., glass,plastic, rubber; exter-nal covers

Cleaning: e.g., metal;oil stains, toner stains

Lubricating: e.g., fix-ing drive mechanism

Lubricating: e.g.,drive mechanism,sliding mechanismsCleaning: photosen-sitive drumLubricating: scannerrailLubricating: drumheater contact

CompositionFluoride family hy-drocarbon, Alcohol,Surface activatingagent, WaterFluoride family hy-drocarbon, Chlorinefamily hydrocarbon,AlcoholMineral familylithium soap, Molyb-denum disulfideMineral oil (paraffinfamily)Silicone oil

Cerium oxide

Silicone oil

Polyether,Polytetrafluoro-ethylene

Remarks• Do not bring near fire.• Procure locally.• Isopropyl alcohol may be

substituted.• Do not bring near fire.• Procure locally.

• Tool No.: CK-0427(500 g/can)

• Tool No.: CK-0524 (100 cc)

• Tool No.: CK-0551

• Tool No.: CK-0429

• Tool No.: FY9-6011 (50 cc)

• Tool No.: FY9-6008 (10 g)

No.1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

TA-600-01

Service Mode


SERVICE MODE

S-1

1 Outline

1.1 Construction of Service ModeThe service mode screens have a 3-layer construction: Initial screen, Level 1/Level 2

screen, and Level 3 screen.

F00-101-01

( )(2,8)( )

User screen

Reset key

Initial screenReset key

Select an item.

Level 1/Level 2 screen

From Level 1/Level 2 screen

Select a Level 1 item at the top of the screen.Select a Level 2 item from items indicated.

Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Level 3 screenLevel 3 screen

Previous/Next page

Previous/Next screen

Previous/Next screen

SERVICE MODE

S-2

The machine’s service mode is classified into the following seven modes:

F001-101-02

COPIER

FEEDER

SORTER

BOARD

DISPLAY

I/O

ADJUST

FUNCTION

OPTION

TEST

COUNTER

Control display mode

I/O display mode

Adjustment mode

Operation/inspection mode

Settings mode

Test print mode

Counter mode

SERVICE MODE

S-3

COPIER

FEEDER

SORTER

BOARD

Copier service mode

ADF service modenIf installed.

nIf installed.Sorter/finisher service mode

Accessory board service mode

nIf installed.

1.2 Starting the Service Mode

If you want to operate the machine using its service mode, be sure to dis-connect the cable connected to the external controller before starting servicemode.In particular, if the external controller sends a print job while the copier isexecuting a function in service mode, the possible malfunction can at timesdamage the copier.

1) Press the asterisk key * on the control panel.2) Press ‘2’ and ‘8’ on the keypad at the same time.3) Press the asterisk key * on the control panel.

The above will bring up the following initial screen:

F00-102-01

SERVICE MODE

S-4

1.3 Ending the Service ModePress the Reset key once to return to the service mode Initial screen (F00-102-01).Press the Reset key twice to end the service mode and return to the User (standard)

screen.

If you have used any of the following service modes, be sure to turn off andthen on the main power switch after ending the mode: ADJUST, FUNC-TION, OPTION.

1.4 Backing Up the Service ModeBefore shipment from the factory, each machine is adjusted individually, and the adjust-

ment values are recorded on its service labels:• reader controller PCB service label (found behind the reader unit front lower cover)• system controller PCB/DC controller PCB service label (found on the service documenta-

tion case behind the printer unit front cover; see the diagram)If you have replaced the reader controller PCB, system controller PCB, or DC controller

PCB, be sure to detach the EEPROM from each PCB and attach it to the new PCB.If you have cleared the RAM, on the other hand, the ADJUST and OPTION settings will

all return to the factory settings. If you have made adjustments in the field and changed theservice mode settings during the work, be sure to record the new settings on the service la-bels. (If an appropriate column is not found on the label, use its blank space.)

F00-104-01

Mounting screw

Service documentation case

SERVICE MODE

S-5

1.5 Basic Operation1.5.1 Initial Screen

F00-105-01

1.5.2 Level 1/Level 2 screen

F00-105-02

COPIER

FEEDER

SORTER

BOARD

Initial items

Touch an item to select.

VERSION

USER

ACC-STS

ANALOG

CST-STS

JAM

ERR

Adjust Function Option Test CounterI/ODisplayLevel 1 item


Level 2 item


SERVICE MODE

S-6

1.5.3 Level 3 Screen

F00-105-03

F00-105-04

Display

<VERSION> < 1/3 > < READY >

DC-CON

IP

PANEL

ANAPRO

POWER

Adjust Function Option Test CounterI/O

PREV NEXT +/- OK

Level 2 item

Level 3 item

Page number

To previous page

To next page

Machine display

READY: Servicing/copying operation ready

JAM: Paper jam presentSERVICE: Servicing operation under wayWAITING: Initial rotation or the like

under wayDOOR: Door openCOPYING: Copying operation under wayERROR: Error presentNO TONER: Toner absentWTNR FUL: Waste toner case full

xxxxx ← (yyyyy) {aaaaa~bbbbb}

<ADJ-XY> < 1/3 > < READY >

ADJ-X


PREV NEXT +/- OK

ADJ-X

Press an item to highlight. Value before

changeInput value

Value input range

To switch between + and -

To validate input value

Stop key: press to stop the ongoing operation.

Clear key: press to clear a numeric value.

Start key: press to make copies without ending the service mode.

SERVICE MODE

S-7

COPIER>DISPLAY

2 DISPLAY (status indication mode)

2.1 COPIER/PRINTERThe following figure shows the COPIER>DISPLAY screen:

F00-201-01

Adjust Function Option Test CounterI/ODisplay

VERSION

USER

ACC-STS

ANALOG

CST-STS

JAM

ERR ALARM-1

CCD

DENS

SENSOR

MISC

SERVICE MODE

S-8

COPIER>DISPLAY

<VERSION>

Use it to indicate the ROM version of each PCB (machine and accessory).EX: <R-CON XX.YY>, while XX indicates a version number and YY, an R&D control

number.

R-CONIndicates the ROM version of the reader controller PCB.

S-CONIndicates the ROM version of the system controller PCB.

DC-CONIndicates the ROM version of the DC controller PCB.

PANELIndicates the ROM version of the control penal controller PCB.

ECOIndicates the ROM version of the ECO PCB.

FEEDERIndicates the ROM version of the DADF controller PCB.

SORTERIndicates the ROM version of the sorter controller PCB/finisher controllerPCB.

PS/PCLIndicates the ROM version of the PDL board.

PS/KANJIIndicates the ROM version of the PDL board.

PSIndicates the ROM version of the PDL board.

SERVICE MODE

S-9

COPIER>DISPLAY

<USER>

Use it to make settings related to the indications on the screen of the control panel.

LANGUAGELanguage used/destination of shipmentEX: <LANGUAGE XXYY.ZZ.aa>XX: countryYY: languageZZ: 00=CANON, 01=othersaa: 00: AB series, 01=Inch series, 02=A series, 03=all sizes

SERVICE MODE

S-10

COPIER>DISPLAY

<ACC-STS>

Use it to indicate the state of connection of accessories.

FEEDERIndicates the state of connection of the feeder.0: absent, 1: present

SORTERIndicates the state of connection of the sorter.0: absent, 1: present.

DECKIndicates the state of connection of the paper deck.0: absent, 1: present

EDITORIndicates the state of connection of the editor.0: absent, 1: present

CARDIndicates the state of connection of the control card.0: absent, 1: present (or, shorting connector is connected)

DATA-CONIndicates the state of connection of the copy data controller.0: absent, 1: copy data controller present, 2: NE controller present

PCBIndicates the state of connection of various boards.1: PDL board, 2: duplex driver PCB (other numerals not used)

SERVICE MODE

S-11

COPIER>DISPLAY

<ANALOG>

Use it to indicate the measurement reading of analog sensors.

TEMPIndicates the machine inside temperature (by environment sensor).

HUMIndicates the machine inside humidity (by environment sensor).

ABS-HUMIndicates the moisture content (by environment sensor).

FIX-CIndicates the temperature of the fixing roller (by main thermistor).

<CST-STS>

Use it to indicate how the manual feed tray is being used.

WIDTH-MFIndicates the size and the width (mm) of paper placed on the manual feedtray.

SERVICE MODE

S-12

COPIER>DISPLAY

<JAM>

Use it to indicate jam data.

F00-201-02

AAAIndicates the numbers of jams.1 to 50 (The higher the number, the older the jam.)

BBBB, CCCC, DDDDNot used.

EIndicates the location of the jam.0: machine, 1: feeder, 2: sorter

FFffIndicates jam codes.FF: jam type (T00-201-01), ff: jam sensor (T00-201-02)

< JAM > < 1/7 > < READY >

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII









PREV NEXT

SERVICE MODE

S-13

COPIER>DISPLAY

GIndicates the source of paper. (T00-201-06)

HHHHHHIndicates the holder for COUNTER>PICKUP.

IIIIIIndicates the size of paper.

SERVICE MODE

S-14

COPIER>DISPLAYFF: type of jam

T00-201-01

ff: jam sensor

T00-201-02

“0231” (jam by wrong paper size setting)The paper moved to the transfer belt is shorter in feeding length than the one selected.

Code SensorFF01 Pre-registration sensor (S12)FF02 Vertical path sensor (S11)FF03 Cassette 1 pickup senor (S9)FF04 Cassette 2 pickup sensor (S10)FF05 Vertical path paper sensor (S44)FF06 Cassette 3 pickup sensor (S42)FF07 Cassette 4 pickup sensor (S43)FF08 Deck feed sensor (PS106)FF09 Deck pickup sensor (PS101)FF20 Transparency sensor (S13/S14)FF31 Post-registration sensor (S52)FF32 Fixing assembly inlet sensor (S25)FF33 Internal delivery sensor (S27)FF34 External delivery sensor (S28)FF61 Delivery vertical path sensor (S29)FF62 Duplex unit inlet sensor (S30)FF63 Duplex unit lower sensor (S33)FF64 Re-pickup sensor (S31)

Code Type01ff Delay jam02ff Stationary jam03ff Timing jam10ff Residual jam at power-on11ff Front cover open jam00ff Jam in accessory

SERVICE MODE

S-15

COPIER>DISPLAYSorter/Finisher/DADF Jam Codeff: jam sensor (sorter-related)

T00-201-03

ff: jam sensor (finisher-related)

T00-201-04

Code Sensor0003 Delivery sensor (PS1)/non-sort path sensor (PI11): feed delay jam0004 Delivery sensor (PS1)/non-sort path sensor (PI11): feed stationary jam0006 Stapler jam0007 Power-on jam0008 Door open jam

Code Sensor0005 Timing jam0006 Stapler jam0007 Power-on jam0008 Door open jam0011 Inlet sensor (PI1): feed delay jam0012 Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI17): feed delay jam0013 Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI14): feed delay jam0014 Delivery sensor (PI3): feed delay jam0021 Inlet sensor (PI1): feed stationary jam0022 Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI17): feed stationary jam0023 Buffer path paper sensor (PI14): feed stationary jam0024 Delivery sensor (PI3): feed stationary jam0025 Stapler tray sensor (PI4): feed stationary jam

SERVICE MODE

S-16

COPIER>DISPLAYff: jam sensor (DADF-related)

Code Sensor0001 Original tray sensor (S1)/pickup sensor (S7) original extraction0002 Pickup sensor (S7): pickup delay jam0003 Registration paper sensor (S3)/pickup sensor (S7): registration delay jam0005 Pickup sensor (S7): pickup stationary jam0011 Reversal sensor (S8): reversal sensor delay jam0012 Reversal sensor (S8): reversal sensor stationary jam0041 Delivery sensor (S6): delivery sensor delay jam0042 Delivery sensor (S6): delivery sensor stationary jam0081 DF open jam (DF in operation)0082 Upper cover sensor (S4): upper cover open jam (DF in operation)0083 Original tray paper sensor (S1):when two or more originals are used, the original

tray paper sensor (S1) is off for 2 sec or more afterthe pickup motor has turned on.

0084 All sensors: power-on jam0088 Reversal sensor (S8): residual paper detection0091 DF open jam (during image scanning)0092 Upper over sensor (S4): upper cover open jam (during image scanning)0093 Recirculation sensor (S14): the recirculating lever made an idle swing in spite of

the presence of an original on the original tray.

T00-201-05

G: source of paper

Code Description1 Cassette 12 Cassette 23 Cassette 34 Cassette 45 Side paper deck6 Manual feed tray7 Duplex unit

T00-201-06

SERVICE MODE

S-17

COPIER>DISPLAY

<ERR>

Use it to indicate error data.

F00-201-03

AAAIndicates the numbers of errors.1 to 50 (The larger the number, the older the error.)

BBBB, CCCC, DDDDNot used.

EEEEIndicates error codes.See the descriptions in “Error Codes.”

FFffIndicates detail codes.If none, “0000”.

< ERR > < 1/7 > < READY >

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G









PREV NEXT

SERVICE MODE

S-18

COPIER>DISPLAY

GIndicates the location.0: machine, 1: feeder, 2: finisher

SERVICE MODE

S-19

COPIER>DISPLAY

<CCD>

Use it to indicate measurements related to the CCD.

TARGET-BIndicates the shading target value of BLUE.If normal, “237.”

TARGET-GIndicates the shading target value of GREEN.If normal, “237.”

TARGET-RIndicates the shading target value of RED.If normal, “237.”

BOF-BIndicates the output of the BLUE CCD when the scanning lamp remainsoff.Display <BOF-B xx/yy>

xx: odd-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)yy: even-number bit measurement (if normal, “6” to “9”)

BOF-GIndicates the output value of the RED CCD when the scanning lamp re-mains off.Display <BOF-G xx/yy>


BOF-RIndicates the output value of the RED CCD when the scanning lamp re-mains off.Display <BOF-R xx/yy>


OFST-OBIndicates the offset level adjustment value of BLUE for the odd-number bitsof the CCD.If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-pected in the CCD unit.

SERVICE MODE

S-20

COPIER>DISPLAY

OFST-OGIndicates the offset level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-numberbits of the CCD.If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-pected in the CCD unit.

OFST-ORIndicates the offset level adjustment value of RED for the odd-number bitof the CCD.If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-pected in the CCD unit.

OFST-EBIndicates the offset level adjustment value of BLUE for the even-numberbits of the CCD.If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-pected in the CCD unit.

OFST-EGIndicates the offset level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-numberbits of the CCD.If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-pected in the CCD unit.

OFST-ERIndicates the offset level adjustment value of RED for the even-number bitsof the CCD.If normal, “1” to “254.” If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault may be sus-pected in the CCD unit.

GAIN-OBIndicates the gain level adjustment value of BLUE for the odd-number bitsof the CCD.If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-ment may be suspected.

SERVICE MODE

S-21

COPIER>DISPLAY

GAIN-OGIndicates the gain level adjustment value of GREEN for the odd-numberbits of the CCD.If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-ment may be suspected.

GAIN-ORIndicates the gain level adjustment value of RED for the odd-number bits ofthe CCD.If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-ment may be suspected.

GAIN-EBIndicates the gain level adjustment value of BLUE for the even-number bitsof the CCD.If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-ment may be suspected.

GAIN-EGIndicates the gain level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-numberbits of the CCD.If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-ment may be suspected.

GAIN-ERIndicates the gain level adjustment value of RED for the even-number bitsof the CCD.If “0” or “255” is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjust-ment may be suspected.

SERVICE MODE

S-22

COPIER>DISPLAY

<DENS>

Use it to indicate the concentration of the developer inside the developing machine.

DENS-Y/M/C/KIndicates the measurement of the developer concentration.Indicates the difference from the target value in %.

Optimum: -1.5% to 1.5%

DMAX-Y/M/C/KIndicates the measurement of the density of solid areas.Indicates the average of test pattern densities showing the degree of differ-ence from the target value of the solid density read at time of auto gradationcorrection in user mode.

Optimum: DMAX-Y: 188 to 245DMAX-M: 207 to 265DMAX-C: 227 to 283DMAX-K: 226 to 284

VRATE-Y/M/C/KIndicates the correction value of the contrast potential.Indicates the degree of correction to be made to the contrast potential (in %)as a result of executing auto gradation correction.

Optimum: 70% to 130%

INIT-SIG-Y/M/C/KIndicates the density signal level of initial developer.Indicates the initial developer concentration signal level at last printing(concentration signal level is corrected to suit the environment and wear).

Optimum: 104 to 188

SERVICE MODE

S-23

COPIER>DISPLAY

<SENSOR>

Use it to indicate the state of sensors.

SC-HPIndicates the output of the scanner HP sensor.

1: Scanner at HP, 0: Scanner not at HP

WEBIndicates the output of the web length sensor.

0: Web length alarm not detected, 1: Web length alarm detected

DOC-SZIndicates the size of the original detected by the original side sensor.

<MISC>

Use it to indicate other information.

ENV-TRIndicates the type of environment.Checks the environment (temperature/humidity) inside the printer unit, andindicates the type of environment for transfer control.

0: Low humidity environment,1: Normal humidity environment,2: High humidity environment

SERVICE MODE

S-24

COPIER>DISPLAY

<ALARM1>

Use it to indicate alarm data.

F00-201-04

DFIndicates an ADF alarm.For details of codes, see the ADF Service Manual.

SORTERIndicates a sorter/finisher alarm.For details of codes, see the Sorter/Finisher Service Manual.

w: Finisher stapler alarmxx: Saddle stitcher stapler alarmyy: Stack alarmzz: Tray alarm

P-KIT-Y/M/C/KDrum Unit Wear IndexWhen a new drum unit is installed, the indication will be ‘0%’. Thereafter,the percentage indication will increase as wear advances.

< ALRM-1 > < 1/1 > < READY >

DF 00

SORTER ww xx yy zz

P-KIT-Y

P-KIT-M

P-KIT-C

P-KIT-K


PREV NEXT

SERVICE MODE

S-25

COPIER>DISPLAY

IMG-DT-Y/M/C/KImage Ratio of Copy/Print Job (average of past jobs)

Use This data is used when setting the timing at which the following message isindicated: “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit” and “Replacethe Drum Unit.”

Reference If the image ratio for copy/print jobs is low, the drum unit will last so muchlonger; in this respect, the timing of indication may be delayed for usersmaking copies/prints with a low image ratio.

CRY-AVECopy/print Job Count (average of past jobs)

Use This data is used when setting the timing at which the following message isindicated: “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit” and “Replacethe Drum Unit.”

Reference If the copy/print count is high, the drum unit will last so much longer; inthis respect, the timing of indication may be delayed for users using a highcopy/print count.

SERVICE MODE

S-26

FEEDER/EDITION>DISPLAY

2.2 FEEDERUse it to indicate items under FEEDER>DISPLAY.

FEEDSIZEIndicates the side of the original detected.

2.3 EDITORUse it to indicate the items under EDITOR>DISPLAY.

ED-XIndicates the input coordinates in editor sub scanning direction (X) or mmconversion value. (unit: 0.13 mm, approx.)

ED-YIndicates the input coordinates in editor main scanning direction (Y) or mmconversion values. (unit: 0.13 mm approx.)

SERVICE MODE

S-27

COPIER>I/O

3 I/O (I/O display mode)

The following is the COPIER>I/O screen; for the items (only those needed in the field)are shown on the next page:

F00-300-01

<Guide to the Screen>

F00-300-02


DC-CON

R-CON

IP

FEEDER

SORTER

S-CON


P001

P002

P003

P004

P005

P006

P007

P008

<DC-CON> < 1/3 > < READY >

xxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxx

bit 0bit 7address

SERVICE MODE

S-28

COPIER>I/O

3.1 DC-CON• DC Controller PCB (1/6)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP001 7 - -

6 FM4 Machine cooling fan lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)5 S15 Manual feed paper detection signal 0: Paper present4 S11 Vertical path detection signal 0: Paper present3 S12 Pre-registration paper detection signal 1: Paper present2 S50 Transfer swing detection signal 2 1: ON (light-blocking

plate present)1 S49 Transfer swing detection signal 1 1: ON (light-blocking

plate present)0 S55 Vertical path door open/closed detection signal 0: Open

P002 7 S9 Cassette 1 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present6 S5 Cassette 1 paper level H detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking

plate present)5 S6 Cassette 1 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking

plate present)4 S3 Cassette 1 paper detection signal 0: Paper present3 S10 Cassette 2 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present2 S7 Cassette 2 paper level detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking

plate present)1 S8 Cassette 2 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking

plate present)0 S4 Cassette 2 paper detection signal 0: Paper present

P003 7 FM2 Delivery fan locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)6 FM10 Kit drive cooling fan locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)5 M2 Pickup main motor locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)4 - -3 S52 Post-registration paper detection signal 1: Paper present2 WTS2 Waste toner full detection signal 1: Waste toner case

full or absent1 FM1 Fixing fan locked detection signal 1: Locked (stop)0 M20 Waste toner motor over-current detection signal0: Overcurrent detected

P004 7 M16 Delivery main motor lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)6 SW3 Front door open/closed detection signal 1: Open5 - -4 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 4 0: ON3 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 3 0: ON2 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 2 0: ON1 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 1 0: ON0 S2 Cassette 2 size detection signal 0 0: ON

T00-301-01 (1/6)

SERVICE MODE

S-29

COPIER>I/O• DC Controller PCB (2/6)


6 - -5 FM7 De-curling fan lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)4 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 4 0: ON3 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 3 0: ON2 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 2 0: ON1 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 1 0: ON0 S1 Cassette 1 size detection signal 0 0: ON

P006 7 M14 Cartridge motor Bk current detection 0: Error6 M13 Cartridge motor C current detection 0: Error5 M12 Cartridge motor M current detection 0: Error4 M11 Cartridge motor Y current detection 0: Error3 S23 Toner level Bk detection signal 1: Toner present2 S22 Toner level C detection signal 1: Toner present1 S21 Toner level M detection signal 1: Toner present0 S20 Toner level Y detection signal 1: Toner present

P007 7 - -6 S24 Web length detection signal 0: Web short5 S26 Fixing assembly inlet arch detection signal 1: Paper present4 S56 Face-down delivery unit release detection signal 1: Not installed3 S29 Delivery vertical path detection signal 1: Paper present2 S28 External delivery detection signal 1: Paper present1 S27 Internal delivery detection signal 1: Paper present0 S25 Fixing assembly inlet detection signal 1: Paper present

P008 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 S33 Reversal detection signal 1: Paper present1 S30 Duplexing unit inlet detection signal 0: Paper present0 S31 Re-pickup detection signal 1: Paper present

T00-301-01 (2/6)

SERVICE MODE

S-30


Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP009 7 - PDL connection detection 0: Connected

6 S14 Transparency sensor rear detection signal 0: Paper present (plain paper)

5 S13 Transparency sensor front detection signal 0: Paper present (plain paper)

4 - Transfer unit connection detection 0: Connected3 - Duplex driver PCB connection signal 0: Connected2 SSR1 SSR1 error detection 1: Error1 TH2 Fixing sub thermistor high-temperature error 1: Error

detection signal0 TH1 Fixing main thermistor high-temperature error 1: Error

detection signalP010 7 - Switch PCB (230-V model) connection detection 1: Connected

6 RL2 DC relay OFF detection 0: OFF5 RL1 AC relay off detection 0: OFF4 SW6 Face-down delivery unit connection detection 1: Connected3 - Cartridge Bk detection 1: Use2 - Cartridge C detection 1: Use1 - Cartridge M detection 1: Use0 - Cartridge Y detection 1: Use

P011 7 M20 Waste toner motor open circuit detection signal 1: Open circuit6 - Fixing unit connection detection 1: Connected5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - -0 - -

P012 7 - Shut-off detection 1: Error6 - -5 FM6 Power supply cooing fan lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - -0 - -

T00-301-01 (3/6)

SERVICE MODE

S-31



6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - -0 - System controller PCB state detection

P014 7 S51 Transfer belt HP detection signal 0: Light-blocking plate present

6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - Serial communication flow (reception) 0: Reception0 - -

P015 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - FROM_BUSY signal 0: Reset0 - DF original replacement monitor

P016 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - Serial communication flow (transmission)0 - -

T00-301-01 (4/6)

SERVICE MODE

S-32


Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP017 7 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 2 0: ON

6 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 1 0: ON5 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 0 0: ON4 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 4 0: ON3 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 3 0: ON2 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 2 0: ON1 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 1 0: ON0 S34 Cassette 3 size detection signal 0 0: ON

P018 7 M19 Pedestal main motor clock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)6 S45 Right door open/closed detection signal 0: Open5 S44 Vertical path paper detection signal 1: Paper present4 - -3 - Cassette pedestal connection detection 1: Connected2 - -1 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 4 0: ON0 S35 Cassette 4 size detection signal 3 0: ON

P019 7 S40 Cassette 4 paper level H detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking plate preset)

6 S41 Cassette 4 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking plate preset)

5 S38 Cassette 3 paper level H detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking plate preset)

4 S39 Cassette 3 paper level L detection signal 1: ON (light-blocking plate preset)

3 - -2 - -1 S37 Cassette 4 paper detection signal 0: Paper present0 S36 Cassette 3 paper detection signal 0: Paper present

P020 7 S43 Cassette 4 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present6 S42 Cassette 3 pickup detection signal 1: Paper present5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - -0 - -

T00-301-01 (5/6)

SERVICE MODE

S-33


Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP021 7 PS107 Deck paper supply position detection signal 1: Paper present

6 M101 Deck main motor PLL lock detection signal 1: Locked (stop)5 SL101 Deck pickup roller releasing solenoid drive signal 0: ON4 PS106 Deck feed detection signal 1: Paper present3 PS101 Deck pickup detection signal 1: Paper present2 PS104 Deck lifter position detection signal 1: Pickup position1 PS102 Deck paper absent detection signal 1: Paper present0 SW100 Compartment open signal 0: ON

P022 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 - Deck set detection signal 2 1: Set3 PS109 Compartment open detection signal 0: Open2 PS105 Deck set detection signal 1: Set1 SW102 Deck lifter lower limit detection signal 1: Lower limit0 PS108 Deck paper level detection signal 1: Paper prevent

P023 to P024 - -P025 7 - -

6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - -0 S32 Side registration detection signal 1: HP

T00-301-01 (6/6)

SERVICE MODE

S-34

COPIER>I/O

3.2 R-CON• Reader Controller PCB (1/2)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP001 - - -P002 7 PS6 Original size 3 signal 1: Original detected

6 PS5 Original size 2 signal 1: Original detected5 PS4 Original size 1 signal 1: Original detected4 PS3 Original size 0 signal 1: Original detected3 - -2 - -1 - -0 - -

P003 - - -P004 7 LA1 Original scanning lamp error signal 1: Error

6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 - -1 FM1 Power supply fan rotation detection signal 0: Rotating0 PS2 Copyboard cover open/closed signal 0: Open

P005 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 KSW1 Control key switch signal 0: ON1 - -0 - -

T00-302-01 (1/2)

SERVICE MODE

S-35

COPIER>I/O• Reader Controller PCB (2/2)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP006 7 - Accessories power supply signal 0: Supplied

6 LA1 Pre-heating ON signal 0: ON5 LA1 Original scanning lamp ON signal 0: ON4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - LCD control panel reset signal 1: Reset0 - -

P007 - - -P008 7 - -

6 - -5 - -4 H1 Original scanning lamp heater ON signal 0: ON3 - -2 - -1 FM1 Power supply cooling fan drive signal 1: Rotating0 - LCD control panel back-light ON signal 0: ON

P009 to P012 - -P013 0 TH1 Original scanning lamp thermistor signalP014 to P016 - -

T00-302-01 (2/2)

3.3 IP• AP-IP PCB (1/1)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP001 to P020 - -

T00-303-01

SERVICE MODE

S-36

COPIER>I/O

3.4 S-CON• System Controller PCB (1/2)


6 - CC-IV count 1: Count5 - FCT mode4 - Reader power remote 0: ON3 - Reset signal to PDL 0: Reset2 - Back-light ON signal for VGA 0: ON1 - Pre-interrupt0 - ASSIST connected 1: Connected

P002 7 - CPU check LED 1: ON6 - DC-CAN serial communication flow5 - PDL connection detection 0: Connected4 - 0: Connected3 - S-CON power ready (for R-CON)2 - SCON communication ready (for R-CON)1 - S-CON communication ready (for DC-CON)0 - Registration ON request (pre-interrupt to DC-CON)

P003 7 - -6 - -5 - Communication for PC (ACK_98)4 - Communication for PC (REQ_98)3 - Serial communication for PC (reception)2 - -1 - Serial communication for PC (reception)0 - -

P004 7 - CC-IV connection detection6 -5 - EEPROM BUSY signal4 - ADF monitor output from reader unit3 - DC-CON serial communication flow2 - R-CON power ready1 - S-CON communication ready0 - DC-CON communication ready

T00-304-01 (1/2)

SERVICE MODE

S-37

COPIER>I/O• System Controller PCB (2/2)


6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - VGA LED ON/OFF signal2 - Reset signal for 1/4 VGA1 - Serial communication (reception) for VGA0 - Serial communication for VGA (transmission)

P006 7 - -6 - PDL interrupt5 - DPRAM interrupt (R-CON)4 - Registration ON check and interrupt by bi-Centronics3 - Bi-Centronics communication2 - Bi-Centronics communication1 - FROM_BUSY signal0 - -

P007 7 - 200Hz clock output6 - S-CON address strobe5 - S-CON read4 - S-CON high light3 - S-CON low light2 - S-CON wait1 - PDL slave power ready0 - PDL master power ready

P008 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 - Flash memory for S-CON SC signal3 - Flash memory for S-CON CS signal2 - DRAM for S-CON1 - VGA connected 1: Connected0 - DRAM for S-CON

P009 to P010 - -

F00-304-01 (2/2)

SERVICE MODE

S-38

COPIER>I/O

3.5 FEEDER• Feeder (1/2)


6 - -5 - -4 - -3 M3 Belt motor rotation direction signal 1: CW2 - -1 SL3 Paper deflecting plate solenoid drive signal 1: ON0 SL1 Stopper plate solenoid drive signal 1: ON

P002 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 - -3 - -2 S7 Pickup sensor signal 1: Original present1 S6 Delivery sensor signal 1: Original present0 S7 Pickup sensor signal 1: Original present

P003 7 - -6 - -5 S14 Re-circulation sensor signal 1: Original present4 - -3 - -2 - -1 - -0 - -

P004 7 - -6 - -5 - -4 S5 Pickup roller sensor 1: Original present3 S13 Delivery motor clock sensor signal 1: Light-blocking

plate present2 S11 Registration roller clock sensor 1: Light-blocking

plate present1 S9 Feed motor clock sensor signal 1: Light-blocking

plate present0 S10 Belt motor clock sensor signal 1: Light-blocking

plate presentP005 - - -

T00-305-01 (1/2)

SERVICE MODE

S-39

COPIER>I/O• Feeder (2/2)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP006 7 M1 Pickup motor drive signal 1: ON

6 - -5 - -4 - -3 M3 Belt motor drive signal 1: ON2 - -1 - -0 - -

P007 7 SL2 Paper retaining solenoid drive signal 1: ON6 CL Clutch drive signal 1: ON5 BK Brake drive signal 1: ON4 - -3 - Original detection LED signal 1: ON2 M4 Re-circulation motor drive signal 1: ON1 M3 Belt motor rotation direction signal 1: CW

P008 7 - -6 - -5 MS1 DADF open/closed switch signal 0: Open4 MS2 Upper cover switch signal 0: Open3 S12 Delivery sensor 2 signal 1: Original present2 SW3 Push switch 3 signal 1: ON1 SW2 Push switch 2 signal 1: ON0 SW1 Push switch 1 signal 1: ON

P009 - - -P010 7 DSW1 DSW1-bit8 signal 1: ON

6 DSW1 DSW1-bit7 signal 1: ON5 DSW1 DSW1-bit6 signal 1: ON4 DSW1 DSW1-bit5 signal 1: ON3 DSW1 DSW1-bit4 signal 1: ON2 DSW1 DSW1-bit3 signal 1: ON1 DSW1 DSW1-bit2 signal 1: ON0 DSW1 DSW1-bit1 signal 1: ON

T00-305-01 (2/2)

SERVICE MODE

S-40

COPIER>I/O

3.6 COPIER• Sorter (1/3)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP001 0 SW3 push switch 3 signal 1: ON

1 SW2 push switch 2 signal 1: ON2 SW1 SW1-bit6 signal 1: ON3 SW1 SW1-bit5 signal 1: ON4 SW1 SW1-bit4 signal 1: ON5 SW1 SW1-bit3 signal 1: ON6 SW1 SW1-bit2 signal 1: ON7 SW1 SW1-bit1 signal 1: ON

P002 0 S3 Key LED ON signal 1: ON1 - -2 S4 Staple absent LED signal 1: ON3 - -4 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -

P003 0 - Sorter response (ACK) signal1 - Sorter request (REQ) signal2 - -3 - -4 - -5 PI6 Joint sensor signal 1: Connected6 PI2 Lead cam HP detection signal 1: HP7 - 24V detection signal

P004 0 S2 Bin inside paper detection signal 1: Paper present1 - -2 - -3 PI7 Stapler cover sensor signal 1: Open4 PI8 Tapler HP detection signal 0: HP5 PI9 Staple edging detection signal 0: Edging6 MS5 Staple absent detection signal 1: Staple absent7 MS6 Cartridge absent detection signal 1: Cartridge absent

T00-306-01 (1/3)

SERVICE MODE

S-41

COPIER>I/O• Sorter (2/3)


1 - Host machine response (ACK) signal2 - -3 - -4 PI11 Non-sort path paper detection signal 1: paper present5 - -6 - -7 - -

P006 0 - Sorter output (TXD) signal1 - -2 - Sorter input (RXD) signal3 - -4 - Host machine request (REQ) signal5 - -6 - -7 - -

P007 0 MS1 Joint switch signal 1: Connected1 - -2 PI5 Bin unit lower limit detection signal 0: Lower limit3 MS3 Stapler safety detection signal 0: Obstacle present4 PS1 Delivery paper detection signal 1: Paper present5 MS4 Stapler unit swing HP detection signal 1: HP6 MS2 Stapler cover switch signal 1: Closed7 PI3 Guide bar HP detection signal 1: HP

P008 0 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON1 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON2 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON3 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON4 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON5 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON6 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON7 S1 Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal 1: ON

T00-306-01 (2/3)

SERVICE MODE

S-42

COPIER>I/O• Sorter (3/3)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP009 0 Bin shift motor current detection signal Analog

1 - -2 - -3 - -4 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -

T00-306-01 (3/3)

• Finisher (1/4)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP010 0 - Stapler connection detection signal 0: Connected

1 MS9 Staple absent detection signal 0: Staple present2 PI1 Inlet paper detection signal 0: Paper present3 MS4 Shutter open detection signal 1: Closed4 MS2, 6 Swing guide open detecting switch signal 0: Closed5 MS5 Tray upper limit detecting switch signal 1: Upper limit6 MS3 Tray safety switch signal 1: Safe7 MS1, 7 Front door open detecting switch signal 0: Closed

P011 0 - -1 - -2 - -3 - -4 M1 Feed motor phase A output5 M1 Feed motor phase B output6 M1 Feed motor phase A* output7 M1 Feed motor phase B* output

P012 0 M3 Alignment motor phase A output1 M3 Alignment motor phase B output2 M3 Alignment motor current switch-over3 - -4 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -

T00-306-02 (1/4)

SERVICE MODE

S-43

COPIER>I/O• Finisher (2/4)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP013 0 - Buffer path paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection1 - Buffer inlet paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection2 - Front door open/closed sensor disconnection 1: Connected

detection3 - Shift motor clock sensor disconnection detection 1: Connected4 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -

P014 0 - LED1 ON signal (*1) 1: ON1 PI9 Tray lift motor clock sensor 12 M1 Feed motor clock3 PI19 Tray lift motor clock sensor 14 - Shutter open sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection5 - -6 - -7 - -

P015 0 - Stapler shift motor current witch 0: When ON1 - Feed motor current switching 0: ON2 - Stack detection start signal 1: Detection start3 PS1 Height sensor4 MS8 Staple cartridge detection 1: Cartridge present5 PS1 Height sensor clock6 - -7 - -

P016 0 PI5 Shutter open detection signal 1: Open1 PI8 Tray home position detection signal 1: HP2 - LED2 ON signal 0: ON3 PI10 Delivery motor clock signal4 PI16 Front door open detection signal 0: Open5 PI3 Delivery detection signal 0: Paper present6 PI14 Buffer path paper detection signal 1: Paper present7 PI17 Buffer path inlet paper detection signal 1: Paper present

*1: Common with LED1 on the finisher controller PCB.

T00-306-02 (2/4)

SERVICE MODE

S-44


Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP017 0 M2 Delivery motor PWM 0: ON

1 M2 Delivery motor CCW drive output 0: CCW2 M5 Tray lift motor PWM 0: ON3 M2 Delivery motor CW drive output 0: CW4 M5 Tray lift motor down drive output 1: Down5 M5 Tray lift motor up drive output 1: Up6 M4 Stapler shift motor phase A output7 M4 Stapler shift motor phase B output

P018 0 M6 Stapler motor CW output 1: CW1 M6 Stapler motor CCW output 1: CCW2 PI4 Stapler tray detection signal 1: Paper present3 PI15 Joint detection signal 1: Connected4 PI21 Stapler drive HP signal5 PI18 Swing guide open detection signal 0: Open6 PI7 Stapler HP detection signal 0: HP7 PI6 Alignment plate HP detection signal 0: HP

P019 0 PI20 Staple tip detection signal 0: Staple present1 TP1 Thermal switch signal 1: Temperature error2 PI1 Tray 1 paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection3 PI2 Tray 2 paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection4 PI3 Tray 3 paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection5 PI1 Tray1 paper detection signal 0: Paper present6 PI2 Tray 2 paper detection signal 0: Paper present7 PI3 Tray 3 paper detection signal 0: Paper present

P020 0 - -1 SL3 Buffer outlet solenoid drive signal 1: ON2 SL4 Interrupt tray solenoid drive signal 1: ON3 SL2 Buffer inlet solenoid drive signal 1: ON4 SL1 Flapper solenoid drive signal 1: ON5 SL5 Paddle solenoid drive signal 1: ON6 - Solenoid timer (full suction) output7 SL6 Wait solenoid drive signal 1: ON

T00-306-02 (3/4)

SERVICE MODE

S-45


Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP021 0 - Alignment guide HP sensor connector 1: Connected

disconnection detection1 - Stapler tray paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection2 - Tray lift motor clock sensor connector 1: Connected

disconnection detection3 - Joint sensor connector disconnection detection 1: Connected4 - Stapler drive HP sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection5 - Tray HP sensor connector disconnection detection 1: Connected6 - Inlet paper sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection7 - Swing guide open sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detectionP022 0 - -

1 - -2 - -3 - -4 - -5 - -6 - -7 - Feed motor current switching 0: ON

P033 - - 24V output open circuit detection (*2)P034 - - SW1-1, 2 See T00-306-03.P035 - - SW1-3, 4 See T00-306-03.P036 - - SW2, 3 See T00-306-03.

*2: If 110 or higher, the 24-V power supply is normal.

T00-306-02 (4/4)

Reading SW1-1,3/SW2 SW1-2,4/SW30 to 72 ON ON73 to 104 OFF ON105 to 190 ON OFF191 to 255 OFF OFF

T00-306-03

SERVICE MODE

S-46

COPIER>I/O• Saddle Stitcher (1/4)

Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP023 0 M6S Stitch motor (rear) CW signal 0: CW

1 M6S Stitch motor (rear) CCW signal 0: CCW2 M7S Stitch motor (front) CW signal 0: CW3 M7S Stitch motor (font) CCW signal 0: CCW4 M2S Folding motor CW drive signal 0: CW5 M2S Folding motor CCW drive signal 0: CCW6 SLIS Flapper drive signal 1 0: ON7 SL2S Flapper drive signal 2 0: ON

P024 0 - -1 - -2 - -3 - -4 - Pressure releasing solenoid drive signal 1: ON5 SL4S Crescent roller contact solenoid drive signal 1: ON6 - Solenoid timer (full suction) output 0: ON7 M4S Paper positioning plate motor power 0: ON

P025 0 - 24V power supply down detection 1: Down1 PI15S Paper retaining plate leading edge position 1: Leading edge

detection signal2 PI11S Delivery detection signal 0: Paper present3 - -4 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -

P026 0 - Paper fold motor clock sensor1 - Paper push-on plate motor clock sensor2 PI14S Paper push-on plate HP detection signal 1: HP3 PI5S Alignment guide HP detection signal 0: HP4 PI13S Tray HP sensor 0: HP5 - -6 - -7 - -

T00-306-04 (1/4)

SERVICE MODE

S-47



1 - -2 PI14S Paper holding plate HP detection signal 1: HP3 PI5S Alignment guide HP detection signal 0: HP4 - -5 - -6 - -7 - -

P028 0 PI7S Paper position plate HP detection signal 0: HP1 PI16S Stitcher in/out detection signal 0: In2 PI9S Inlet cover open sensor connector detection 0: Connected3 PI17S Vertical path paper sensor detection signal 0: Paper present4 PI12S Crescent roller phase detection signal 1: Flag present5 PI13S Guide HP detection signal 0: HP6 - -7 - -

P029 0 M4S Paper positioning plate motor phase A1 M4S Paper positioning plate motor phase B2 M8S Paper holding plate motor PWM3 M1S Feed motor power 0: ON4 M1S Feed motor phase A5 M1S Feed motor phase B6 M1S Feed motor reference clock7 M8S Paper holding plate motor CCW 0: CCW

P030 0 M5S Alignment motor phase A1 M5S Alignment motor phase B2 M2S Folding motor PWM3 M2S Paper retaining motor CW 0: CW4 M3S Guide plate motor phase A5 M3S Guide plate motor phase B6 M3S Guide plate motor power 0: ON7 M5S Alignment motor power 0: ON

T00-306-04 (2/4)

SERVICE MODE

S-48


Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP031 0 - Alignment HP sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection1 - Paper fold HP sensor connector disconnection 1: Connected

detection2 - Delivery door connector disconnection detection 1: Connected3 - Front door open/closed sensor connector 1: Connected

disconnection detection4 - Paper push-on plate sensor connector 1: Connected

disconnection detection5 - Paper positioning HP sensor connector 1: Connected

disconnection detection6 -7 -

P032 0 PS1S Staple absent sensor (rear) 0: Staple absent1 PS2S Staple absent sensor (front) 0: Staple absent2 MS1S Inlet door switch 0: Open3 MS2S Front door switch 0: Open4 MS3S Delivery door switch 0: Open5 MS2S Front door switch 0: Open6 MS1S Inlet door switch 0: Open7 MS3S Delivery door switch 0: Open

P037 0 AN0 Stitcher staple sensor (rear) When 66 or higher,staple present

P038 0 AN1 Stitcher staple sensor (front) When 66 or higher,staple present

P039 0 AN2 Tray paper detection signal When 80 or higher,paper present

P040 0 AN3 Inlet cover sensor connector connection detection When 80 or higher,connected

P041 0 AN4 Not usedP042 0 AN5 Guide HP sensor connector connection detection When 80 or higher,

connectedP043 0 AN6 Stitcher compartment sensor connector When 80 or higher,

connection signal connectedP044 0 AN7 Paper push-on plate leading edge position sensor When 80 or higher,

connector connection signal connected

T00-306-04 (3/4)

SERVICE MODE

S-49


Address Bit Notation Description RemarksP045 0 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit8

1 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit72 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit63 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit54 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit45 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit36 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit27 DIPSW1 DIPSW1-bit1

T00-306-04 (4/4)

SERVICE MODE

S-50

COPIER>ADJUST

4 Adjustment Mode (ADJUST)

4.1 COPIER/PRINTER

F00-400-01


AE

ADJ-XY

CCD

IMG-REG

BLANK HV-ATT

V-COUNT

PASCAL

COLOR

HV-PRI

FEED-ADJ

CST-ADT

MISC

DENS

HV-TR

HV-SP

SERVICE MODE

S-51

COPIER>ADJUST

<AE>

Use it to adjust AE mode.

AE-TBLUse it to change the setting if you want to improve the reproduction ofcharacters or fine lines (high-density areas) in ‘AE mode with priority onspeed’.It changes the γ curve used for processing in text mode to suit the selectedsetting.It is valid only in black-and-white/text mode.

Settings 1 to 9 (whole number)Default 5

A higher setting makes text darker.

BT-TBLUse it to change the setting if you want to improve the reproduction ofcharacters or fine lines (high-density areas) in ‘AE mode with priority onimage quality’.It changes the γ curve used for processing in text mode to suit the setting.It is good only in black-and-white/text mode.

Settings 1 to 9 (whole number)Default 5

A higher setting makes text darker.

SERVICE MODE

S-52

COPIER>ADJUST

<ADJ-XY>

Use it to adjust the image read start position.

ADJ-XUse it to adjust the scanner image leading edge position (image read startposition in sub scanning direction).• Use it to adjust the distance from the scanner HP sensor to the image read

start position.Setting 0 to 32Default Factory setting

A change by ‘8’ shifts the image by 1 mm

F00-400-02

ADJ-YUse it to adjust the CCD read start position (image start position in mainscanning direction).

Setting 0 to 255Default Factory setting

A change by ‘24’ shifts the image by 1 mm.

F00-400-03

Vertical size plate

Image leading edge sensor

Copyboard glass

Standard white plate

Lower setting Higher setting

Lower setting

Higher setting

Original

Rear start position

Vertical size plate

SERVICE MODE

S-53

COPIER>ADJUSTUse it to adjust the image read start position.

1) Make the following selections: extension mode>shift>keypad input;then, enter ‘left: 20 mm’ and ‘bottom: 20 mm’.

2) While the <ADJ-XY> screen is on the display, press the Copy Start key.• As shown in the figure, a copy will be made with a shift of about 20

mm.3) If part of the image is missing, decrease the setting of ADJ-X, ADJ-Y.4) If part outside the image is copied, decrease the setting of ADJ-X, ADJ-

Y.

F00-400-04

20

20

ADJ-Y

ADJ-X

SERVICE MODE

S-54

COPIER>ADJUST

<CCD>

Use it to make CCD-related adjustments.

W-PLT-X/Y/ZUse it to enter the while level data of the standard white plate.

Default Factory setting

A-RG/B-RGUse it to enter the color displacement correction value (correction depen-dent on the reader unit) in RG sub scanning direction.


A-GB/B-GBUse it to enter the color displacement correction value (correction depen-dent on the reader unit) in GB sub scanning direction.


AL-RGUse it to enter the color displacement correction (correction dependent onthe lens of the CCD unit) in RG sub scanning direction.


AL-GBUse it to enter the color displacement value (correction dependent on thelens of the CCD unit) in GB sub scanning direction.


SERVICE MODE

S-55

COPIER>ADJUST

<IMG-REG>

Use it to adjust the image position. (Color displacement may be corrected using <colordisplacement correction> in user mode. This mode is intended for entering data after replac-ing the DC controller PCB.)

REG-H-Y/M/CUse it to adjust the image write start position (main scanning direction; inrelation to the LED exposure unit).• It keeps the Bk setting unchanged, while changing other color settings to

suit the Bk setting to correct color displacement.Settings -70 to +70Default Factory setting

An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the rear by a single pixel.

REG-V-Y/M/CUse it to adjust (coarse adjustment) the image write start position (sub scan-ning direction; in relation to the LED exposure unit).• It keeps the Bk setting unchanged, while changing other color settings to

suit the BK setting to correct color displacement.Settings -48 to +48Default Factory setting

An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a singlepixel.

REG-VS-Y/M/CUse it to adjust (fine adjustment) the image start position (sub scanning di-rection; in relation to the LED exposure unit).• It keeps the Bk setting unchanged, while changing other color settings to

suit the Bk setting to correct color displacement.Settings -7 to +7Default Factory setting

An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a 1/16 pixel.

SERVICE MODE

S-56

COPIER>ADJUST

<DENS>

Use it to enter a developer density signal level.

SGNL-Y/M/C/KUse it to enter the initial density signal level of the developer.

Settings 0 to 255Default 0

SIGG-Y/M/C/KUse it to enter the initial density signal gain level of the developer for ATRcontrol.

Settings 0 to 255Default 0

SERVICE MODE

S-57

COPIER>ADJUST

<BLANK>

Use it to correct a non-image width.

BLANK-TUse it to adjust the image mask position (sub scanning direction; in relationto the LED exposure unit).

Settings 1 to 473Default Factory setting

An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (leading edge only) by asingle pixel.

BLANK-LUse it to adjust the image mask position (sub scanning direction; in relationto the LED exposure unit).


An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (front edge only) by asingle pixel.

BLANK-RUse it to adjust the image mask position (main scanning direction; in rela-tion to the LED exposure unit).


An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (rear edge only) by asingle pixel.

BLANK-BUse it to adjust the image mask position (sub scanning direction; in relationto the LED exposure unit).


An increase by ‘1’ increases the non-image width (rear edge only) by asingle pixel.

SERVICE MODE

S-58

COPIER>ADJUST

<V-CONT>

Use it to adjust the contrast potential.

VCONT-Y/M/C/KUse it to adjust the contrast potential.

Settings -8 to +8Default 0

A higher setting makes the images darker.

VBACK-Y/M/C/KUse it to adjust the de-fogging potential.



SERVICE MODE

S-59

COPIER>ADJUST

<PASCAL>

Use it to adjust auto gradation correction.

P-OFST-Y/M/C/KUse it to change the offset value of the solid density area target value forauto gradation correction.


A lower setting makes the solid density areas of images darker.

DMXCT-Y/M/C/KUse it to specify whether to use the data occurring after auto gradation cor-rection (data for solid density correction).It is valid only when ‘1’ is set to OPTION>BODY>PASCAL.If ‘0’, the data will not be used regardless of the setting.

Settings 0: Do not use data, 1: use dataDefault 1

LUTCT-Y/M/C/KUse it to specify whether to use data (for gradation area correction) occur-ring after auto gradation correction.It is valid only when ‘1’ is set to OPTION>BODY>PASCAL.

Settings 0: Do no use data, 1: use dataDefault 1

SERVICE MODE

S-60

COPIER>ADJUST

<COLOR>

Use it to adjust color balance.

ADJ-Y/M/C/KUse it to make up for ‘color balance adjustment’ in user mode.• Be sure that ‘0’ is set to ‘color balance adjustment’ in user mode.



OFST-Y/M/C/KUse it to make up for light-area density.



SERVICE MODE

S-61

COPIER>ADJUST

<HV-PRI>

Use it to adjust the injection charging assembly high voltage.

INJ-Y/M/C/KUse it to adjust the injection AC bias.If fogging occurs in the white background of an output (and if the foggingstill occurs when the setting of DENS-Y/M/C/K is correct and toner dis-charge is forced in service mode), use it to adjust the injection AC bias.

Settings -2 to +2 (whole number)Default 0

A higher setting increases the AC peak-to-peak voltage and, as a result, fog-ging/ghosting will be reduced.

SUB-Y/M/C/KUse it to adjust the auxiliary charging bias.Use it to adjust the auxiliary bias if ghosting occurs.


A higher setting increases the auxiliary charging bias (DC); as a result,ghosting will be reduced.

SUB-Y/M/C/K-NIUse it to adjust the auxiliary charging bias (non-image area).Over time, toner tends to collect inside the injection changing assembly,causing fogging. To prevent the problem, the auxiliary charging bias (non-image area) may be adjusted using this mode item.


A higher setting increases the auxiliary charging bias in discharge sequenceduring last rotation and between sheets; as a result, discharge of toner fromthe injection charging assembly is promoted.

SERVICE MODE

S-62

COPIER>ADJUST

<HV-TR>

Use it to adjust the transfer high-voltage output.(A higher setting increases the output.)

Default: 0

HV-TRUse it to adjust the offset level of the transfer high voltage. The level undereach condition may be adjusted at the same time.

TR-N1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

TR-N2LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

TR-T-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

TR-T-2LUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

TR-OHPLUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in alow-humidity environment.

TR-S1-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity envi-ronment.

TR-PO-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

TR-N1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal humidity envi-ronment.

TR-N2NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity condition.

SERVICE MODE

S-63

COPIER>ADJUST

TR-T-1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-ronment.

TR-T-2NUse it to adjust the output of thick paper/double-sided copy (i.e., its 2ndside) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

TR-OHPNUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in anormal-humidity environment.

TR-S1-1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(i.e., the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidityenvironment.

TR-PO-1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-ronment.

TR-N1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-ronment.

TR-N2HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

TR-T-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-ronment.

TR-T-2HUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

TR-OHPHUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

TR-S1-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity en-vironment.

SERVICE MODE

S-64

COPIER>ADJUST

TR-PO-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-ronment.

TR-K-N1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/single-sided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

TR-K-N1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/single-sided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

TR-K-N1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/single-sided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

TR-K-N2LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/double-sided copy (i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

TR-K-N2NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/double-sided copy (i.e., the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a nor-mal-humidity environment.

TR-K-N2HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/double-sided copy (i.e., the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

SERVICE MODE

S-65

COPIER>ADJUST

<HV-SP>

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias. Settings: -3 to +3

(A higher setting increases the output.) Default: 0

SP-N1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

SP-N2LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

SP-T-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

SP-T-2LUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

SP-OHP-LUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in alow-humidity environment.

SP-S1-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity envi-ronment.

SP-PO-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

SP-N1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-ronment.

SP-N2NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

SERVICE MODE

S-66

COPIER>ADJUST

SP-T-1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-ronment.

SP-T-2NUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

SP-OHP-NUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in anormal-humidity environment.

SP-S1-1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidityenvironment.

SP-PO-1NUse it to adjust the output of a postcard/single-sided copy (or the 1st side ofa double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

SP-N1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy(1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environ-ment.

SP-N2HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

SP-T-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-ronment.

SP-T-2HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(or the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity en-vironment.

SP-OHP-HUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in ahigh-humidity environment.

SP-S1-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity en-vironment.

SERVICE MODE

S-67

COPIER>ADJUST

SP-PO-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-ronment.

SERVICE MODE

S-68

COPIER>ADJUST

<HV-ATT>

Use it to adjust the auxiliary feeding roller charging bias. Settings: -4 to +4

(A higher setting increases the output.) Default: 0

AT-N1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

AT-N2LUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

AT-T-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

AT-T-2LUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.

AT-OHPLUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in alow-humidity environment.

AT-S1-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity envi-ronment.

AT-PO-1LUse it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environ-ment.

AT-N1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity con-dition.

AT-N2NUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

SERVICE MODE

S-69

COPIER>ADJUST

AT-T-1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity envi-ronment.

AT-T-2NUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

AT-OHPNUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in anormal-humidity environment.

AT-S1-1NUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidityenvironment.

AT-PO-1NUse it to adjust the output of a postcard/single-sided copy (or the 1st side ofa double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.

AT-N1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-ronment.

AT-N2HUse it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

AT-T-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (orthe 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity envi-ronment.

AT-T-2HUse it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

AT-OHPHUse it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in ahigh-humidity environment.

AT-S1-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity con-dition.

SERVICE MODE

S-70

COPIER>ADJUST

AT-PO-1HUse it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (1stside of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.

SERVICE MODE

S-71

COPIER>ADJUST

<FEED-ADJ>

Use it to make feeder system-related adjustments.

LOOP-CSTUse it to adjust the level of arching when the cassette is used as the sourceof paper.If jams occur often over the pre-registration sensor, try increasing the set-ting.If paper tends to move askew, try increasing the setting.

Settings 0 to 360A higher setting increases the arching.


ADJ-C1Use it to adjust the image write position (in relation to the LED exposureunit) in main scanning direction.

Settings -48 to 48An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the rear by a single pixel.


ADJ-REFFUse it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED expo-sure unit) in main scanning direction for re-pickup.



ADJ-VSYCUse it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED expo-sure unit) in sub scanning direction for plain paper.

Settings -48 to 48An increase by ‘1’ shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a singlepixel.


ADJ-V-OHPUse it to adjust the image write position (in relation to the LED exposureunit) in sub scanning direction for transparencies.



SERVICE MODE

S-72

COPIER>ADJUST

ADJ-V-SPUse it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED expo-sure unit) in sub scanning direction for special paper.



ADJ-V-THCUse it to adjust the image write start position in (in relation to the LED ex-posure unit) in sub scanning direction for thick paper.



SERVICE MODE

S-73

COPIER>ADJUST

<CST-ADJ>

Use it to make cassette-/manual feed tray-related adjustments. (The result of executingFUNCTION>CST>MF-A4R/A6R/A4 is indicated in the form of a setting.)

MF-A4RUse it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A4R)


MF-A6RUse it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A6R)


MF-A4Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A4)


SERVICE MODE

S-74

COPIER>ADJUST

<MISC>

Use it to make other adjustments.

SEG-ADJUse it to adjust the separation level for text and photos in text/photo/mapmode.

Settings -4 to +4+: Tends to identify as photo.-: Tends to identify as text.

Default 0

K-ADJUse it to adjust the black identification level for black character processing.

Settings -3 to +3A higher setting leads to a higher incidence of identification as black.

Default 0

ACS-ADJUse it to adjust the level of color identification sensitivity for ACS.

Settings -3 to +3+: Tends to identify as black original.-: Tends to identify as color original.

Default 0

ACS-ENUse it to adjust the ACS identification area (both main and sub scanning di-rection).Within the image read area in ACS, appreciable displacement along theleading edge, trailing edge, and left/right (main scanning direction) tends tocause wrong ACS identification. To free ACS identification from the effectsof color displacement, this mode item may be used to reduce displacementACS area.

Settings -2 to +2+: Larger identification area (strong effects of color displacement)-: Smaller identification area (weak effects of color displacement)

Default +1

SERVICE MODE

S-75

COPIER>ADJUST

ACS-CNTUse it to adjust the area in which the pixels for identification of color inACS identification are counted.

Settings -2 to +2+: Larger identification area. (An original tends to be identified as a color

original if it has fine colored line; on the other hand, the effects of colordisplacement are strong.)

-: Smaller identification area (An original tends to be identified as a non-color original unless it has color in a wide area; on the other hand, theeffects of displacement are weak.)

Default +1

TRAREA-1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8Use it to enter transfer belt thickness data.


SERVICE MODE

S-76

COPIER>ADJUST

4.2 FEEDERThe following items are available under FEEDER>ADJUST.

DOCST-RPUse it to adjust the original stop position for bottom pickup.

Settings -100 to 100 (unit: 0.5 mm, default: 0)1) Select this item, and place an original on the original tray.2) Press the OK key. (The original will be fed.)3) Open the DF slowly, and check the position of the original on the

copyboard glass.• If the original is to the left of the reference point, increase the setting.• If the original is to the right of the point, decrease the setting.

SERVICE MODE

S-77

COPIER>FUNCTION

5 Operation/Inspection Mode (FUNCTION)

5.1 COPIER/PRINTER

F00-500-01

The state of the machine is indicated in the upper right of the screen. Pay attention to theindication while servicing the machine; the following notations are used:

<READY> Ready for servicing/copying operation.<SERVICE> Servicing operation under way.<DOOR> Door open.<WAITING> In wait.<NO-PAPER> Paper absent.


CCD

INSTALL

CST

FIXING

PANEL

PART-CHK

CLEAR

CLEANING

MISC-R

MISC-P

SERVICE MODE

S-78

COPIER>FUNCTION

<INSTALL>

Use it for installation work.

STIR-Y/M/C/KUse it to stir the developer inside the selected developing assembly.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

STIR-4Use it to stir all developer (all developing assemblies) at the same time.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

SPLY-H-Y/M/C/KUse it to send toner to the hopper from the selected toner cartridge.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 1 min 30

sec.

SPLY-H-4Use it to send toner to the hoppers from all toner cartridges.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 1 min 30

sec.

STIR-CGY/CGM/CGC/CGKUse it to stir the injection carrier inside the selected injection charging as-sembly.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

SERVICE MODE

S-79

COPIER>FUNCTION

STIR-CG4Use it to stir the injection carrier of all injection charging assembly.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

<CCD>

Use it to execute CCD-related auto adjustments.

CCD-ADJUse it to adjust the gain for the analog processor (on the AP-IP PCB).1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically.

<CST>

Use it to execute cassette-/manual feed tray-related auto adjustments.

MF-A4R/A6R/A4Use it to register the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray.1) Place paper on the manual feed tray, and adjust the side guide to

the paper width.2) Select this item to highlight.3) Press the OK key.

SERVICE MODE

S-80

COPIER>FUNCTION

<CLEANING>

Use it to execute cleaning.

INJY/INJM/INJC/INJK-CLNUse it to clean the selected injection charging assembly.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

INJ4-CLNUse it to clean all injection charging assemblies.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.

SUBY/SUBM/SUBC/SUBK-CLNUse it to clean the auxiliary charging brush of the selected color.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 30 sec.

SUB4-CLNUse it to clean all auxiliary brushes.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 30 sec.

SERVICE MODE

S-81

COPIER>FUNCTION

<FIXING>

Use it to execute fixing assembly-related auto adjustments.

NIP-CHKUse it to generate a test print for measuring the fixing roller nip width.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The operation (of generating a test print) starts.• Paper is picked up, stopped between the fixing rollers once, and then dis-

charged in about 20 sec.

SERVICE MODE

S-82

COPIER>FUNCTION

<PANEL>

Use it to check the operation of the control panel.

LCD-CHKUse it to check the LCD for missing dots.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The entire face of the LCD turns on in white for several seconds and then

in blue for several seconds. (This operation is repeated.)• To stop, press the Stop key.

LED-CHKUse it to start a check on the activation of the LEDs on the control panel.1) Select the item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The LEDs on the control panel will turn on in sequence.• To stop the operation, press <LED-OFF>.

LED-OFFUse it to end a check on the activation of LEDs on the control panel.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The LEDs on the control panel go off.

KEY-CHKUse it to start a check on key inputs.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the key to check.• The indication changes according to the key pressed (T00-500-01).• To end this item and to move to the next item, <KEY-CHK> must be

pressed once again.

SERVICE MODE

S-83

COPIER>FUNCTION

TOUCHCHKUse it to adjust the coordinates on the control panel touch display (i.e., tomatch the point of a press on the touch display and coordinates on theLCD).1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• The LCD on the control panel will indicate ‘+’.3) Press ‘+’.• ‘+’ appears in different locations on the LCD. (Repeat these steps nine

times.)• To end this item and move to the next item, <TOUCH CHECK> must be

pressed once again.

Key Indication on screen Key Indication on screen Key Indication on screenCopy COPY Interrupt INTERRUPT Full color F-COLOR

Extension ETC 0 to 9, #, * 0 to 9, #, * Black BLACK

Reset RESET Clear CLEAR Start START

Guide ? ID ID Stop STOP

User mode M ACS ACS Power save STAND BY

T00-500-01

SERVICE MODE

S-84

COPIER>FUNCTION

<PAT-CHK>

Use it check the operation of various loads.

CLUse it to select the clutch to check.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Enter the code of the clutch in question using the keypad.3) Press the OK key.• The operation starts in response to <CL-ON>.

CL-ONUse it to start a check on operation.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• clutch turns → on remains off for 10 sec → turns on remains off for 10

sec → turns on → turns off

FANUse it to select the fan to check.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Enter the code of the fan in question using the keypad.3) Press the OK key.• The operation starts in response to <FAN-ON>.

FAN-ONUse it to start a check on operation.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• fan remains on for 10 sec → turns off

MTRUse it to select the motor to check.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Enter the code of the motor.3) Press the OK key.• The operation starts in response to <MTR-ON>.

SERVICE MODE

S-85

COPIER>FUNCTION

MTR-ONUse it to start a check on operation.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• motor remains on for 10 sec → turns off

SLUse it to select the solenoid to check.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Enter the code of the solenoid in question using the keypad.3) Press the OK key.• The operation starts in response to <SL-ON>.

SL-ONUse it to start a check on operation.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• solenoid turns on → remains off for 10 sec → turns on → remains off for

10 sec → turns on → off

SERVICE MODE

S-86

COPIER>FUNCTION

Cau

tion:

• T

he c

artr

idge

mot

or is

und

er th

e co

ntro

l of t

he to

ner

leve

l det

ectio

n co

ntro

l mec

hani

sm, a

nd o

pera

tes

only

for

abou

t 1 s

ec i

f ton

er is

pre

sent

.

• D

o no

t us

e ite

ms

desc

ribed

as

“DO

NO

T U

SE”

; ot

herw

ise,

mal

func

tion

can

occu

r.

T00

-500

-02

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Mot

or

Pic

kup

mai

n m

otor

(M

2)

Del

iver

y m

ain

mot

or (

M16

)

Pic

kup

mot

or (

M1)

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

Car

trid

ge m

otor

Y (

M11

)

Car

trid

ge m

otor

M (

M12

)

Car

trid

ge m

otor

C (

M13

)

Car

trid

ge m

otor

K (

M14

)

Sid

e re

gist

ratio

n m

otor

(re

ar;

M17

)

Sid

e re

gist

ratio

n m

otor

(fr

ont;

M17

)

Dru

m m

otor

Y (

M3)

Dru

m m

otor

M (

M4)

Dru

m m

otor

C (

M5)

Dru

m m

otor

K (

M6)

Tra

nsfe

r be

lt m

otor

(M

15)

Cas

sette

ped

esta

l mai

n m

otor

(M

19)

Cas

sette

ped

esta

l pic

kup

mot

or (

M18

)

Dec

k lif

ter

mot

or (

M10

2)

Dec

k m

ain

mot

or (

M10

1)

Del

iver

y to

ner

mot

or (

M20

)

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

Clu

tch

Pic

kup

clut

ch (

CL1

)

Vert

ical

pat

h cl

utch

(C

L2)

Man

ual f

eed

clut

ch (

CL3

)

Reg

istr

atio

n cl

utch

(C

L4)

Dev

elop

ing

clut

ch Y

(C

L5)

Inje

ctio

n cl

utch

Y (

CL6

)

Dev

elop

ing

clut

ch M

(C

L7)

Inje

ctio

n cl

utch

(C

L8)

Dev

elop

ing

clut

ch C

(C

L9)

Inje

ctio

n cl

utch

C (

CL1

0)

Dev

elop

ing

clut

ch K

(C

L11)

Inje

ctio

n cl

utch

K (

CL1

2)

Fix

ing

clut

ch (

CL1

4)

Fix

ing

high

er-s

peed

clu

tch

(CL2

2)

Ext

erna

l del

iver

y do

uble

-spe

ed c

lutc

h (C

L16)

Rev

ersa

l dou

ble-

spee

d cl

utch

(C

L15)

Rev

ersa

l CC

W c

lutc

h (C

L17)

Rev

ersa

l CW

clu

tch

(CL1

8)

Tra

nsfe

r sw

ing

clut

ch (

CL2

3)

Pic

kup

doub

le-s

peed

clu

tch

(CL1

3)

Re-

pick

up c

lutc

h (C

L21)

Dup

lex

unit

inle

t do

uble

-spe

ed c

lutc

h (C

L20)

Dup

lex

equa

l-spe

ed c

lutc

h (C

L19)

Cas

sette

ped

esta

l pic

kup

clut

ch (

CL2

4)

Dec

k pi

ckup

clu

tch

(CL1

02)

Dec

k fe

ed c

lutc

h (C

L101

)

Sol

enoi

d

Pic

kup

sole

noid

(S

L1)

Man

ual f

eed

hold

ing

plat

e lo

ckin

g so

leno

id (

SL2

)

Web

sol

enoi

d (S

L4)

Del

iver

y fla

pper

sol

enoi

d (S

L5)

Cas

sette

ped

esta

l pic

kup

sole

noid

(S

L6)

Dec

k pi

ckup

rol

ler

rele

asin

g so

leno

id (

SL1

01)

Com

part

men

t op

en s

olen

oid

(SL1

02)

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

DO

NO

T U

SE

Fan

Fix

ing

fan

(FM

1)

Del

iver

y fa

n (F

M2)

Mac

hine

coo

ling

fan

(FM

4)

Pow

er s

uppl

y co

olin

g fa

n (F

M5)

De-

curli

ng f

an (

FM

7)

Kit

driv

e co

olin

g fa

n (F

M10

)

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Not

ava

ilabl

e

SERVICE MODE

S-87

COPIER>FUNCTION

SHVUse it to select the high-voltage output to check.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Enter the code of the high-voltage output using the keypad.3) Press the OK key.• The operation starts in response to <SHV-ON>.

SHV-ONUse it to start a check on operation.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• For specifics, see the table that follows.

SERVICE MODE

S-88

COPIER>FUNCTIONN

o.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Item

Aux

iliar

y ch

argi

ng Y

Aux

iliar

y ch

argi

ng M

Aux

iliar

y ch

argi

ng C

Aux

iliar

y ch

argi

ng K

Inje

ctio

n D

C-Y

Inje

ctio

n D

C-M

Inje

ctio

n D

C-C

Inje

ctio

n D

C-K

Inje

ctio

n A

C-Y

Inje

ctio

n A

C-M

Inje

ctio

n A

C-C

Inje

ctio

n A

C-K

Dev

elop

ing

DC

-Y

Dev

elop

ing

DC

-M

Dev

elop

ing

DC

-C

Dev

elop

ing

DC

-K

Dev

elop

ing

AC

-Y

Dev

elop

ing

AC

-M

Dev

elop

ing

AC

-C

Dev

elop

ing

AC

-K

Tra

nsfe

r-Y

Tra

nsfe

r-M

Tra

nsfe

r-C

Tra

nsfe

r-K

Fee

ding

aux

iliar

y ro

ller

bias

Se

para

tion

char

ging

LED

ant

i-sol

ing

bias

Set

ting

500V

500V

500V

500V

-600

V

-600

V

-600

V

-600

V

700V

pp

700V

pp

700V

pp

700V

pp

-350

V

-350

V

-350

V

-350

V

– – – – 10.0

uA

10.0

uA

10.0

uA

10.0

uA

-0.5

uA

10.7

KV

pp

-300

0V

Ope

ratio

n of

oth

er p

arts

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s, in

ject

ion

AC

ON

, in

ject

ion

DC

ON

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s, in

ject

ion

AC

ON

, in

ject

ion

DC

ON

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s, in

ject

ion

AC

ON

, in

ject

ion

DC

ON

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s, in

ject

ion

AC

ON

, in

ject

ion

DC

ON

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Dru

m r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n cy

linde

r ro

tate

s

Non

e

Non

e

Non

e

Non

e

Non

e

Non

e

Non

e

Non

e

Tra

nsfe

r be

lt ro

tate

s, t

rans

fer

unit

mov

es u

p, d

rum

rot

ates

, in

ject

ion

slee

ve r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n A

C O

N,

inje

ctio

n D

C O

N

Tra

nsfe

r be

lt ro

tate

s, t

rans

fer

unit

mov

es u

p, d

rum

rot

ates

, in

ject

ion

slee

ve r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n A

C O

N,

inje

ctio

n D

C O

N

Tra

nsfe

r be

lt ro

tate

s, t

rans

fer

unit

mov

es u

p, d

rum

rot

ates

, in

ject

ion

slee

ve r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n A

C O

N,

inje

ctio

n D

C O

N

Tra

nsfe

r be

lt ro

tate

s, t

rans

fer

unit

mov

es u

p, d

rum

rot

ates

, in

ject

ion

slee

ve r

otat

es,

inje

ctio

n A

C O

N,

inje

ctio

n D

C O

N

Tra

nsfe

r be

lt ro

tate

s, t

rans

fer

unit

mov

es u

p, d

rum

rot

ates

Non

e

Non

e

T00

-500

-03

SERVICE MODE

S-89

COPIER>FUNCTION

<CLEAR>

Use it to reset RAM, error code, jam history, or error code history.

ERRUse it to reset the following error code:• E000, E005, E7171) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will not automatically

turn off; be sure to turn off and then on the main power switch af-ter ending service mode.)

DC-CONUse it to initialize the RAM on the DC controller PCB.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)

R-CONUse it to initialize the RAM on the reader controller PCB.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)

JAM-HISTUse it to reset the jam history.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)

ERR-HISTUse it to reset the error code history.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)

S-COMUse it to initialize the RAM on the system controller PCB.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)

PWD-CLRUse it to reset the password set in user mode by the system administrator.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)

SERVICE MODE

S-90

COPIER>FUNCTION

<MISC-R>

Use it to check the operation of the reader unit.

SCANLAMPUse it to execute activation of the scanning lamp.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)• The scanning lamp will turn and remain on for 1 sec.

SC-MOVEUse it to check the operation of the scanner.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)• Each press on the OK key will cause operations 1 through 4 below.

F00-500-02

HP [1] [2] [3]

[4]

Scanner

SERVICE MODE

S-91

COPIER>FUNCTION

LAMP-ADJUse it to adjust the intensity of light (if a new scanning lamp has beenmounted).• For instructions, see the body text.

USE-LAMPUse it to adjust the intensity of light (if the scanning lamp has been re-moved once and mounted thereafter for cleaning or the like).• For instructions, see the body text.

<MISC-P>

Use it to check the operation of the printer unit.

IP-CHKUse it to execute self diagnosis of the AP-IP PCB.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn

off.)• At the end of self diagnosis, the result will be indicated in terms of ‘OK/

NG’.

POWEROFFUse it to execute auto power-off.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.

TR-DOWNUse it to move down the transfer belt.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.

TR-UPUse it to move up the transfer belt.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.

SERVICE MODE

S-92

COPIER>FUNCTION

5.2 FEEDER>FUNCTIONThe following items are found under FEEDER>FUNCTION.

SENS-INTUse it to initialize the sensor.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Press the OK key.• Each operation is executed; at the end of adjustment, the mode ends auto-

matically.

UBLT-CLNUse it to execute auto cleaning of the separation belt for top separation.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Place paper moistened with solvent at the center on the original

tray.3) Press the OK key.• The paper will be fed halfway, and the separation belt will be rotated idly.4) Press the OK key to end the operation.5) Open the upper cover, and remove the paper.6) Close the upper cover.

DBLT-CLNUse it to execute auto cleaning of the separation belt for bottom separation.1) Select this item to highlight.2) Place paper moistened with solvent at the center on the original

tray.3) Press the OK key.• The paper will be fed halfway, and the separation belt will be rotated idly.4) Press the OK key to end the operation.5) Open the upper cover, and remove the paper.6) Close the upper cover.

SERVICE MODE

S-93

COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION

6 OPTION (settings mode)

6.1 COPIER/PRINTERThe COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION screen and its items are as follows:

F00-601-01

<BODY>

Use it to make selections related to the machine.

CONTRASTUse it to switch between auto and manual for the target contrast potential.

Settings 0: Auto, 1 to 8: Manual [Default: 0]

MODEL-SZUse it to select the appropriate paper series.

Settings 0: AB (6R5E), 1: INCH (5R4E), 2: A (3R3E), 3: AB/INCH (6R5E)

PASCALUse it to enable/disable the gradation correction data and contrast potentialobtained by auto gradation correction.

Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]Caution For the printer model, be sure to set it to ‘0’ at time of installation.

BODY

USER

ACC


INT-FACE

SERVICE MODE

S-94


SENS-CNFUse it to select the appropriate sensor series (arrangement).

Settings 0: AB, 1: Inch, 2: A

EC-GLASSUse it to specify the presence/absence of an EC coating on the copyboardglass.

Settings 0: EC coat absent, 1: EC coat present (default: 0 for 100-V model, 1 forother models)

TBLT-ADJUse it to enable execution of displaced registration caused by uneven thick-ness of the transfer belt.

Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]

HS-SWUse it to enable or disable the result of executing head shading.

Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]

F-WEBUse it to change the frequency at which the web solenoid (SL4) turns on.

Settings 0: Reference value, 50: Twice the reference value, 200: 1/2 the referencevalue [Default: 0]

2S-RG-DTUse it to enable or disable erasing of part of images falling outside paper asdetermined by the result of detection made by the side registration sensor(S32) when the duplex unit is used.

Settings 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]Reference In printing mode, images are shifted to reflect the result of detection regard-

less of the setting made in this mode. (See 5.4 “Detecting the Position ofSide Registration” in Chapter 6 of the Printer Manual.)

SERVICE MODE

S-95


PG-CSTUse it to select the source of paper for a printer model in response toTEST>PG-P.• Execute TEST>PG-P after making a selection in this mode.

Settings [default: 1]1: Cassette 1, 2: cassette 2,3: Cassette 3 (cassette pedestal)*,4: Cassette 4 (cassette pedestal)*,5: Side paper deck*6 through 10: disable

Caution * If no cassette pedestal is installed, the setting will be as follows:3: Side paper deck, 4 through 10: Disable

Reference In the case of the printer model, the control panel continues to show the Ex-tension screen, not enabling the selection of a source of paper on its own asis possible with the copier model, requiring the use of this mode to makethe selection.

PG-DLVRUse it to select single-sided, double-sided, or face-down delivery forTEST>PG-P for a printer model.• Execute TEST>PG-P after making a selection in this mode.

Settings 0: Single-sided, 1: Double-sided, 2: Face-down delivery [Default: 0]Reference In the case of the printer model, the control panel continues to show the Ex-

tension screen, not enabling the selection of single-sided, double-sided, orface-down delivery on its own as is possible with the copier model, requir-ing the use of this mode to make the selection.

TR-TMGUse it to set the timing at which the transfer high-voltage output is startedfor image transfer.

Settings 0: Use the timing of output start set at the factory. (default; normally,keep the setting)

1: Advance the timing of output start by 100 msec.Use If the leading edge of paper becomes soiled with toner, set it to ‘1’.

SERVICE MODE

S-96


DLIFE-Y/M/C/KUse it enable/disable the following messages: “Prepare for the Replacementof the Drum Unit” and “Replace the Drum Unit.”

Settings 0: Disable the messages. (default)1: Enable only “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit.”2: Enable only “Replace the Drum Unit.”3: Enable both “Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit” and

“Replace the Drum Unit.”Use 0: Use it if you want to use the drum unit until it is exhausted without re-

gard to the end of its life.In this case, the replacement of the drum unit is left to the decision of theuser and, as a result, service calls for image faults will be likely.

1: It is the same as ‘0’; however, use it if you want the machine to at leasttell the user when the drum unit reaches the end of its life.

2: Use it if you want the user to replace the drum unit as soon as it reachesthe end of its life. It will force the machine to stop operation without awarning in advance.

3: It is the same as ‘2’; however, use it if you want the machine to warn theuser, prompting him/her to replace the drum unit.When the message “Replace the Drum Unit” is indicated for the Y/M/Cdrum unit, the machine will not make color copies/prints; however, it canmake copies/prints using black only.

SERVICE MODE

S-97


D-RDY-Y/M/C/KSetting the Timing at Which “Prepare for the Replacement of the DrumUnit” is Indicated

Settings 0 to 10 (default: 0)An increase by ‘1’ made to the setting will delay the timing of indication inincrements of 10% (wear index).

Use When ‘0’ is set, the message will be indicated at 100% (wear index). [de-fault]When ‘5’ is set, the message will be indicated at 150% (wear index).When ‘10’ is set, the message will be indicated at 200% (wear index).

D-CHNG-Y/M/C/KSetting the Timing at Which “Replace the Drum Unit” is Indicated

Settings 1 to 20 (default: 20)An increase by ‘1’ made to the setting will delay the timing of indication inincrements of 1% (wear index) for “Prepare for the Replacement of theDrum Unit.”

Use If we suppose that the message “Prepare for the Replacement of the DrumUnit” is to be indicated at 100% (wear index), the following will be true:If it is set to ‘1’, the message will be indicated at 101% (wear index).If it is set to ‘10’, the message will be indicated at 110% (wear index).If it is set to ‘20’, the message will be indicated at 120% (wear index). [de-fault]

F00-601-02

F00-601-03

“Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit”

If D-RDY-Y/M/C/K is ‘0’,(D-LIFE-Y/M/C/K is set to ‘3’)

“Replace the Drum Unit”

D-RDY setting ‘0’

101%

setting ‘1’D-CHNG setting ‘10’ setting ‘20’

100% 110% 130%

↑ ↑ ↑

111%

setting ‘1’D-CHNG setting ‘10’ setting ‘20’

110% 120% 130%

“Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit”

If D-RDY-Y/M/C/K is ‘10’,(D-LIFE-Y/M/C/K is ‘3’)

“Replace the Drum Unit”

D-RDY setting ‘10’

↑ ↑ ↑

SERVICE MODE

S-98


<USER>

Use it to make selections related to the user.

COPY-LIMUse it to change the upper limit imposed on the copy count.

Setting 1 to 999 sheets [Default: 999]

SIZE-DETUse it to enable or disable the original size detection mechanism.

Setting 0: OFF, 1: ON [Default: 0]

COUNTER1Use it to set the soft counter 1 on the User Mode screen. (You may changethe counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)

Setting 0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01[Default: as in 3 “Counters” in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]

Caution In the case of the 100-V model, the selection cannot be made in the field.










SERVICE MODE

S-99






SERVICE MODE

S-100

COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION<Soft Counter Specifications>The soft counters are grouped into the following according to input numbers:

100s: Total 500s: Scan200s: Copy 600s: Box300s: Print 700s: Reception print400s: Copy + print 800s: Report print

Guide to the Table Y: Counter valid in the machine. 4C: Full color mono: Mono color (Y, M, C/R, G, B/sepia mono) Bk: Black mono L: Large-size (larger than B4) S: Small-size (smaller than B4) Number under “Description,” i.e., 1 and 2: count of large-size sheetIn service mode (COPIER>OPTION>USER>B4_L_CNT), B4 and larger may be selected for count-ing as a large-size sheet.

Used No. Description

Y 000 No indication

Y 101 Total 1

Y 102 Total 2

Y 103 Total (L)

Y 104 Total (S)

Y 150 Total (4C1)

Y 106 Total (4C2)

Y 107 Total (Mono)

Y 108 Total (Bk1)

Y 109 Total (Bk2)

Y 110 Total (Mono/L)

Y 111 Total (Mono/S)

Y 112 Total (Bk/L)

Y 113 Total (Bk/S)

Y 114 Total (4C + Mono +Bk/Double-sided)

Total 1 (Double-sided)

115 Total 2 (Double-sided)

116 L (Double-sided)

117 S (Double-sided)


Y 201 Copy (Total 1)

Y 202 Copy (Total 2)

Y 203 Copy (L)

Y 204 Copy (S)

205 Copy A (Total 1)

206 Copy A (Total 2)

207 Copy A (Total)

208 Copy A (S)

209 Local copy (Total 1)

210 Local copy (Total 2)

211 Local copy (L)

212 Local copy (S)

213 Remote copy (Total 1)

214 Remote copy (Total 2)

215 Remote copy (L)

216 Remote copy (S)

Y 217 Copy (4C1)

Y 218 Copy (4C2)

T00-600-01a

SERVICE MODE

S-101

COPIER/PRINTER>OPTIONUsed No. Description

Y 219 Copy (Mono1)

Y 220 Copy (Mono2)

Y 221 Copy (Bk1)

Y 222 Copy (Bk2)

Y 223 Copy (4C/L)

Y 224 Copy (4C/S)

Y 225 Copy (Mono/L)

Y 226 Copy (Mono/S)

Y 227 Copy (Bk/L)

Y 228 Copy (Bk/S)

Y 229 Copy (4C + Mono/L)

Y 230 Copy (4C + Mono/S)

Y 231 Copy (4C + Mono/2)

Y 232 Copy (4C + Mono/1)

Y 233 Copy (4C/L/Double-sided)

Y 234 Copy (4C/S/Double-sided)

Y 235 Copy (Mono/L/Double-sided)

Y 236 Copy (Mono/s/Double-sided)

Y 237 Copy (Bk/L/Double-sided)

Y 238 Copy (Bk/s/Double-sided)

Y 301 Print (Total 1)

Y 302 Print (Total 2)

Y 303 Print (L)

Y 304 Print (S)

305 Print A (Total 1)

306 Print A (Total 2)

307 Print A (L)

308 Print A (S)

Y 309 Print (4C1)

Y 310 Print (RC2)

Y 311 Print (Mono1)

Y 312 Print (Mono2)

Y 313 Print (Bk1)

Y 314 Print (Bk2)

Y 315 Print (4C/L)

Y 316 Print (4C/S)

Y 317 Print (Mono/L)

Y 318 Print (Mono/S)


Y 319 Print (Bk/L)

Y 320 Print (Bk/S)

Y 321 Print (4C + Mono/L)

Y 322 Print (4C + Mono/S)

Y 323 Print (4C + Mono/2)

Y 324 Print (4C + Mono/1)

Y 325 Pint (4C/L/Double-sided)

Y 326 Print (4C/S/Double-sided)

Y 327 Print (Mono/L/Double-sided)

Y 328 Print (Mono/S/Double-sided)

Y 329 Print (Bk/L/Double-sided)

Y 330 Print (Bk/S/Double-sided)

331 PDL Print (Total 1)

332 PDL Print (Total 2)

333 PDL print (L)

334 PDL print (S)

Y 401 Copy + Print (4C/L)

Y 402 Copy + Print (4C/S)

Y 403 Copy + Print (Bk/L)

Y 404 Copy + Print (Bk/S)

Y 405 Copy + Print (Bk2)

Y 406 Copy + Print (Bk1)

Y 407 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/L)

Y 408 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/S)

Y 409 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/2)

Y 410 Copy + Print (4C + Mono/1)

Y 411 Copy + Print (L)

Y 412 Copy + Print (S)

Y 413 Copy + Print (2)

Y 414 Copy + Print (1)

501 Scan (Total )

Copy scan (Total/4)

502 Scan (Total 2)

503 Scan (L)

Copy scan (L/4)

504 Scan (S)

Copy scan (S/4)

T00-600-01b

SERVICE MODE

S-102

COPIER/PRINTER>OPTIONUsed No. Description

Y 505 Bk scan (Total 1)

Copy scan (Bk)

506 Bk scan (Total 2)

Y 507 Bk scan (L)

Copy scan (Bk/L)

Y 508 Bk scan (S)

Copy scan (Bk/S)

Y 509 Color scan (Total )

Copy scan (4C)

510 Color scan (Total 2)

Y 511 Color scan (L)

Copy scan (4C/L)

Y 512 Color scan (S)

Copy scan (4C/S)

Y 513 Copy scan (L)

Y 514 Copy scan (S)

Y 515 Copy scan (Total)


601 Box print (Total 1)

602 Box print (Total 2)

603 Box print (L)

604 Box print (S)

701 Reception print (Total 1)

702 Reception print (Total 2)

703 Reception print (L)

704 Reception print (S)

801 Report print (Total 1)

802 Report print (Total 2)

803 Report print (L)

804 Report print (S)

T00-600-01c

SERVICE MODE

S-103


CONTROLUse it to allow copying, printing, or scanning operation without the follow-ing input (with conditions):

• Control key (when the reader unit is connected)

• Card (when the Control Card-IV is connected)

• ID No. (when an ID No. is set)

Setting 0 to 444 [default: 222](The setting of each digit must be 0 to 4; if 0, operation even with a condi-tion will not be allowed.)

Setting <Digit Setting and Operation Enabled>particulars 1st digit: Absence of control key

2nd digit: Absence of card3rd digit: Absence of ID No. input

Digit setting B&W copy Color copy B&W print Color print scan

0 N N N N N

1 N N N N N

2 N N Y Y N

3 Y N N N N

4 Y N Y Y N

Y: Enabled. N: Disabled.

T00-600-03EX 1 If the setting is ‘2’,

Control key absent: Enables B&W printing/color printing

Card absent: No operation enabled

ID No. input absent: No operation enabled

EX 2 If the setting is ‘431’,Control key absent: No operation enabled

Card absent: B&W copying enabled

ID No. input absent: B&W coping, B&W printing/color printing enabled

Caution <Count When operation Is Enabled with Conditions>Counter type Control key OFF Card absent ID No. absent

On user Mode screen

Card

ID NO.

: Counts all. : Counts some. : Counts none.

T00-600-03

SERVICE MODE

S-104

COPIER/PRINTER>OPTIONGuide to Tablea. Counter on the User Mode

• A count is made regardless of the setting (with conditions).b. Card Counter

When the Control Card-IV is connected,• If the setting for the absence of a card (2nd digit) is ‘3,4’, no count is

made regardless of the presence/absence of a card in black-and-whitecopying mode.

• If the setting for the absence of a card (2nd digit) is ‘2,4’, no count ismade regardless of the presence/absence of a card in black-and-whiteprinting/color printing.

When the Card Reader-B1 is connected,• If the setting or the absence of a card (2nd digit) is ‘3,4’, no count is

made in the absence of a card in black-and-white copying mode.• In black-and-white printing/color printing mode, no count is made re-

gardless of the setting (w/ conditions).However, the OA counter inside the Copy Data Controller-A1 makes acount regardless of the setting (w/ conditions).

c. ID No. Counter• If the setting for the absence of an ID No. input (3rd digit) is ‘3,4’, no

count is made regardless of the presence/absence of an ID No. inblack-and-white copying mode.

• If the setting for the absence of an ID No. input (3rd digit) is ‘2,4’, nocount is made regardless of the presence/absence of an ID No. input inblack-and-white printing/color printing.

HS-DISPUse it to enable or disable the indication of the execution key for head shad-ing in user mode.

Setting 0: Disable indication, 1: Enable indication [Default: 0]

B-BK-DSPUse it to enable or disable the indication of the blue-back correction key onthe User Mode screen.If ghost images occur, a press on the blue-back correction key on the UserMode screen will reduce the amount of LED exposure to limit ghosting(however, the drum charging potential will increase to maintain solid den-sity).

Setting 0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 0]

SERVICE MODE

S-105


B-BK-LVLUse it to set the level of blue-back correction (OPTION>USER>B-BK-DSP).If ghosting does not decrease after executing blue-back correction, set thismode item to ‘1’. (Before doing so, however, check to make sure that theabsolute humidity inside the machine is 2.9 g or higher, indicated underDISPLAY>ANALOG>ABS-HUM.)

Caution Executing this mode item can cause the following; take note:• The amount of LED exposure tends to be uneven (especially in high-den-

sity areas).• The density may fall short of expected levels (at a machine inside abso-

lute humidity of 2.9 g, the density will more likely be lower than ex-pected, i.e., images will be lighter).

• The gradation characteristics may change.Setting [Default: 0]

0: Do not change.1: Decrease exposure, increase DC component of injection charging bias,

and increase DC component of developing bias.

SERVICE MODE

S-106


<ACC>

Use it to make selections related to accessories.

DK-PUse it to select a paper size for the paper deck.

Setting 0: A4, 1: B5, 2: LTR [Default: 0]

HDNS-SWUse it to enable/disable the indication of a staple alarm (prohibiting stack-ing) during sorter high-density image processing.


DF-SETUse it to set DF auto count and original re-placement alarm indication forlimitless sorting.Note: If ‘1’ or ‘2’ is set, auto start will turn on when all delivered sheets

are removed in limitless sorting.Setting 0: Require re-placement, 1: issue re-placement alarm (at end of origi-

nal count), 2: Enable operation without indication [Default: 0]

STOV-SWUse it to set how overstacking should be detected.

Setting 0: by height + count, 1: by height only [Default: 0]

SHFT-SWUse it to specify whether sheets should be delivered by shifting by one (thefirst of a set of sheets) in shift mode or group mode.

Setting 0: Shift, 1: Do not shift [Default: 0]

SERVICE MODE

S-107


<INT-FACE>

Setting Conditions (when an external controller is connected)

B-CLRWhen Releasing the Copy Data Controller-A1 After Installation

Settings 0: Not connected1: Connected

Use If you want to temporarily release the Copy Data Controller-A1 at time ofservicing work, set ‘0’.

Reference When a Copy Data Controller-A1 is installed, the setting will automaticallybe ‘1’; if the controller is release without setting ‘0’ to it, the machine willindicate error code E717.

SERVICE MODE

S-108

6.2 FEEDERThe following items are found under FEEDER>OPTION.

SIZE-SWUse it to enable or disable detection of the presence of both AB-series andInch-series originals.


6.3 SORTERThe following items are found under SORTER>OPTION.

T-ADJ-SWUse it to enable or disable corrective processing when delivering transpar-encies in relation to the detection of the height of sheets on the finisher tray.


FEEDER/SORTER>OPTION

SERVICE MODE

S-109

COPIER>TEST

7 TEST (test print mode)

The COPIER/PRINTER>TEST screen and its items are as follows:

F00-700-01

PG-R

PG-P


SERVICE MODE

S-110

COPIER>TEST

<PG-R>

Use it to generat reader-related test prints.

TYPEEnter the type No. of the test print you want, and press the Start key to gen-erate a test print. (Be sure to put the setting back to ‘0’ after printing a testprint.)

Settings 0: Normal printing, 1 to 99: T00-700-01

THRUUse it to enable or disable the LUT mechanism for test printing.

Settings 0: Enable, 1: Disable

DENS-Y, DENS-M, DENS-C, DENS-KUse it to adjust the density of each color for test printing (TYPE=5).

Settings 0 to 255: A higher value causes images to be darker.

COLOR-Y, COLOR-M, COLOR-C, COLOR-KUse it to enable output of each color for each TYPE; for example, to gener-ate a M mono test print, set COLOR-M to ‘1’, and others to ‘0’. (Only onecolor is available at a time.)

Settings 0: Disable output, 1: Enable output

F/M-SWUse it to switch between full color and mono color for the PG-R output; inmono color mode, use it to select the color in relation to COLOR-Y, -M, -C,and -K.

Settings 0: Full color output, 1: Mono color output

HS-THRUUse it to enable or disable the result of HAS for the PG-R images.

Settings 0: Enable, 1: Disable

SERVICE MODE

S-111

COPIER>TEST• Guide to PG-R>TYPE Input No./Test Print

No. Description No. Description

0 Image from CCD (normal printing) 9 For R&D

1 For R&D 10 YMCBk horizontal stripes (laser FF activation)

2 256 colors 11 For R&D

3 256 gradations 12 YMCBk 64 gradations

4 16 gradations (17 gradations) 13 RGB 64 gradations

5 Full halftone 14 Full color 16 gradations (17 gradations)

6 Grid 15 Full color light area 16 gradations (17 grada tions)

7 Image position correction control pattern 16 YMCBk horizontal stripes (laser A0 activation)

8 For R&D 17 to 99 For R&D

T00-700-01

<PG-P>

Use it to generate test prints related to the printer unit.

TYPEUse it to generate a test print by entering its type No. and pressing the Startkey.

Settings 0 to 32: T00-700-02

THRUNot used.

DENS-Y, DENS-M, DENS-C, DENS-KUse it to adjust density of each color for test printing (TYPE=05).

Settings 0 to 255: A higher setting makes images darker.

COLOR-Y, COLOR-M, COLOR-C, COLOR-KUse it to enable or disable the output of each color for each TYPE; for ex-ample, to generate a test print in M mono, set COLOR-M to ‘1’ and othersto ‘0’. (Only one color is available at a time.)

Settings 0: Disable output, 1: Enable output

F/M-SWNot used.

SERVICE MODE

S-112

COPIER>TEST• PG-P>TYPE Input No./Test Print

No. Description No. Description

1 to 3 For R&D 12 to 13 For R&D

4 16 gradations (sub scanning direction) 14 7 colors (sub scanning direction)

5 Halftone 15 to 18 For R&D

6 Grid 19 Grid in each color (main scanning direction)

7 to 9 For R&D 20 to 23 For R&D

10 MCYBk stripe (sub scanning direction) 24 Grid in each color (sub scanning direction)

11 16 gradations (main scanning direction) 25 to 32 For R&D

T00-700-02

SERVICE MODE

S-113

COPIER>COUNTER

8 COUNTER (counter mode)

The COPIER>COUNTER screen and its items are as follows:

F00-800-01

• This mode indicates the number of times the machine has operated.<Resetting the Counter Reading>1) Select the item to reset so that it is highlighted.2) Press the Clear key on the control panel.

The reading will be reset to ‘00000000’.

<Size Classification>TOTAL/PICKUP/FEEDER

L: Larger than B4S: Smaller than B4

PRDC-1/DRBL-1/DRBL-2L: Longer than 324 mm in feeding directionS: Shorter than 324 mm in feeding direction

SCANNER

PRDC-1

PICKUP

COLOR

FEEDER

JAM

TOTAL

MISC

DRBL-2

DRBL-1


COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000

SERVICE MODE

S-114

COPIER>COUNTER<Guide to Counters for Periodically Replaced Parts/Consumablse>

The machine is equipped with counters for periodically replaced parts/consumables(DRBL-1/DRBL-2/PRDC-1), providing guides when scheduling replacement.

EXC1-PU-RL / 00098400 / 00120000 / 82% !! 000027

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]

[1] Indicates a part name; in the case of the example, the notation points to a primary charg-ing wire.

[2] Indicates the counter reading (actual number of sheets); press the Clear key to reset thereading after replacement of the part.

[3] Indicates the limit (recommended number of sheets at replacement); it may be changedby selecting the item and entering a number on the keypad.

[4] Indicates the ratio of counter reading to limit.[5] Indicates an exclamation symbol (!) when the above ratio is from 90% to 100% or two

exclamation symbols when the ratio is 100% or higher.[6] Indicates the date of expected replacement (days); in the case of the example, 27 days

later.


SERVICE MODE

S-115

COPIER>COUNTERList of Items under COUNTER

Setting Mode descriptionLevel 1: COUNTER

Level 2: TOTALLevel 3: SERVICE1 Total counter 1 for servicing

SERVICE2 Total counter 2 for servicingTTL Total counter for copy + printL-TTL Total counter for copy + print (L size)S-TTL Total counter for copy + print (S size)C-L-TTL Total counter for YMC copy + print (L size)C-S-TTL Total counter for YMC copy + print (S size)K-L-TTL Total counter for Bk copy + print (L size)K-S-TTL Total country for Bk copy + print (S size)COPY Total counter for copyL-COPY Total counter for copy (L size)S-COPY Total counter for copy (S size)C-L-COPY Total counter for YMC copy (L size)C-S-COPY Total counter for YMC copy (S size)K-L-COPY Total counter for Bk copy (L size)K-S-COPY Total counter for Bk copy (S size)PRNT Total counter for printL-PRNT Total counter for print (L size)S-PRNT Total counter for print (S size)C-L-PRNT Total counter for YMC print (L size)C-S-PRNT Total counter for YMNC print (S size)K-L-PRNT Total counter for Bk print (L size)K-S-PRNT Total counter for Bk print (S size)4C-TTL Total counter for full color (4 colors) copyY-COPY Counter for Y mono copyM-COPY Counter for M mono copyC-COPY Counter for C mono copyK-COPY Counter for Bk mono copy

Level 2: SCANNERLevel 3: SC-TTL Total counter for scan by scanner

SC-COPY Counter for copy scanLevel 2: PICKUP

Level 3: C1 Total counter for pickup from cassette 1L-C1 Total counter for pickup from cassette 1 (L size)S-C1 Total counter for pickup from cassette 1 (S size)C2 Total counter for pickup from cassette 2L-C2 Total counter for pickup from cassette 2 (L size)S-C2 Total counter for pickup from cassette 2 (S side)


SERVICE MODE

S-116

COPIER>COUNTERC3 Total counter for pickup from cassette 3L-C3 Total counter for pickup from cassette 3 (L size)S-C3 Total counter for pickup from cassette 3 (S size)C4 Total counter for pickup from cassette 4L-C4 Total counter for pickup from cassette 4 (L size)S-C4 Total counter for pickup from cassette 4 (S size)MF Total counter for pickup from manual feed trayL-MF Total counter for pickup from manual feed tray (L size)S-MF Total counter from pickup from manual feed tray (S size)DK Total counter from pickup from paper deckL-DK Total counter form pickup from paper deck (L size)S-DK Total counter for pickup from paper deck (S size)2-SIDE Total counter for pickup of 2nd side of double-sided sheetL-2-SIDE Total counter for pickup of 2nd side of double-sided sheet

(L size)S-2-SIDE Total counter for pickup of 2nd side of double-sided sheet

(S size)Level 2: COLOR

Level 3: Y-DEV Number of times Y developing assembly is used (locked)M-DEV Number of times M developing assembly is used (locked)C-DEV Number of times C developing assembly is used (locked)K-DEV Number of times Bk developing assembly is used (locked)

Level 2: FEEDERLevel 3: FEED Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder

L-FEED Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder (L size)S-FEED Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder (S size)

Level 2: JAMLevel 3: TOTAL Total number of jams in machine

PRINT Total number of print jamsFEEDER Total number of jams in feederSORTER Total number of jams in sorter

Level 2: MISCLevel 3: TORALPWR Total time of use of power

FIX-WEB Counter for fixing web (initially, ‘0’; in excess of ‘300’,E500 is issued); indicates the number of times the web ispulled while the web length sensor (S24) detects the absenceof the web)

Level 2: PRDC-1Level 3: AR-FIL6 Number of sheets passing (unit: sheets)

through air filter (FM6)


SERVICE MODE

S-117

COPIER>COUNTERLevel 2: DRBL-1

Level 3: SCN-LMP Length of time for activation (unit: sec)of scanning lamp (LA1)

SP-UNIT Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)separation charging assembly(2 counts for L size)

BLT-B-CN Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)belt back scraper(2 counts for L size)

T-CLN-BD Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)transfer leaning blade(2 counts for L size)

T-CN-BRU Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)transfer cleaner brush(2 counts for L size)

TR-BLD-Y Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)transfer blade unit Y(2 counts for L size)

TR-BLD-M Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)transfer blade unit M(2 counts for L size)

TR-BLD-C Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)transfer blade unit C(2 counts for L size)

TR-BLD-K Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)transfer blade unit Bk(2 counts for L size)

SB-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)feeding auxiliary roller scraper(2 counts for L size)

TR-BLT Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)transfer belt(2 counts for L size)

C1-PU-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)cassette 1 pickup roller

C1-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)cassette 1 separation roller

C1-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)cassette 1 feeding roller



SERVICE MODE

S-118

COPIER>COUNTERC2-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)

cassette 2 separation rollerC2-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)

cassette 2 feeding rollerM-SP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)

manual feed separation rollerM-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)

manual feed pickup rollerFX-UP-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)

fixing upper roller(2 counts for L size)

FX-LW-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)fixing lower roller(2 counts for L size)

FHTR-M Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)fixing main heater (H1)(2 counts for L size)

FHTR-S Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)fixing sub heater (H1)(2 counts for L size)

FIX-WEB Number of times fixing web is pulled (unit: times)(in excess of about 186,000, E005 will be indicated)

FIX-TH1 Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)main thermistor (TH1)(2 counts for L size)

FIX-TH2 Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)sub thermistor (TH2)(2 counts for L size)

FX-TSW Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)fixing thermal switch (TP1)(2 counts for L size)

DLV-LCLW Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)fixing separation claw(2 counts for L size)

WST-TNR Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)waste toner box(2 counts for L size)


SERVICE MODE

S-119

COPIER>COUNTERLevel 2: DRBL-2

Level 3: DF-PU-RL Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)pickup roller

DF-FLP-F Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)flapper (front)

DF-FLP-R Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)flapper (rear)

DF-RBT-L Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)feeding roller belt (large)

DF-RBT-S Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)feeding roller belt (small)

DF-SP-BL Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)separation belt

DF-F-BLT Number of pickups by ADF (unit: sheets)feeding belt

PD-PU-RL Number of sheets passing (unit: sheets)through deck pickup roller

PD-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)deck pickup/feeding roller



C3-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)cassette 3 feeding roller



C4-FD-RL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)cassette 4 feed roller

FIN-STPR Number of stapling operations (unit: sheets)FIN-FDBL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)

finisher feeding beltFIN-PDDL Number of sheets passing through (unit: sheets)

finisher paddleSDL-STPL Number of stitcher operations (unit: sheets)STR-STPL Number of stapling operations (unit: sheets)

by stapler sorter

Error Code


ERROR CODE

E-1

1 Self Diagnosis (copier)

The R-CPU and DC-CPU of the machine’s CPU PCB are equipped with a mechanism tocheck the machine’s state (particularly, sensors). It runs a check as needed and, upon detec-tion of a fault, indicates a code on the control panel.

What follows below are lists of error codes and descriptions of faults and conditions ofdetection; the detail codes indicated under each error code are indicated in service mode:COPIER>DISPLAY>JAM>ERR.

E000Main cause The fixing heater is faulty. The SSR is faulty. The fixing thermistor is

faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty. The system controller PCB isfaulty.

Condition ofdetection

xx=01: Main thermistor (TH1), xx=02: Sub thermistor (TH2)xx01 The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has detected 245°C or higher (hard-

ware detection).0002 The thermistor (TH1) has detected 240°C or higher (software de-

tection).Main cause The fixing heater is faulty. The SSR is faulty. The fixing thermistor is

faulty. The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has an open circuit. The thermal switch(TP1) has turned on.


xx=01: Main thermistor (TH1), xx=02: Sub thermistor (TH2)xx03 The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has detected an open circuit.0021 Within a temperature range of 50°C or lower as detected by the

thermistor (TH1), the increase in temperature in 1 min is less than3°C.

0031 Within a temperature range between 50°C and 190°C as detectedby the thermistor, the increase in temperature within 30 sec is lessthan 5°C.

0040 During standby, the fixing temperature has dropped below 140°C.0050 During printing, the fixing temperature has dropped below 140°C.

E004Main cause The SSR1 is faulty.Condition ofdetection

xx=01: Main heater (H1), xx=02: Sub heater (H2)xx01 SSR1 for the fixing heater is ON even though the fixing heater

(H1, H2) is OFF.

ERROR CODE

E-2

E005Main cause The fixing web has run out. The fixing web length sensor (S24) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

The web solenoid (SL4) has turned on 300 times after the fixing web lengthsensor (S24) stopped detecting the flag.

E006Main cause The fixing drawer has poor contact. The fixing assembly is absent.Condition ofdetection

0001 The fixing drawer cannot be detected even though the 24-V door isclosed.

E010Main cause The main motor drive system has an excess load. The pickup main motor

(M2)/delivery main motor (M16)/pedestal main motor (M19) is faulty. Theserial driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.


0001 The pickup main motor (M2) is released.The motor is checked every 10 msec from 3000 msec after it isstarted to when it is stopped. However, detection is not made whenthe front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit isreleased or when there is a fault in the power supply system.

0002 The pedestal main motor (M16) is released.The motor is checked every 10 msec from 3000 msec after it isstarted to when it is stopped. However, detection is not made whenthe front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit isreleased or when there is a fault in the power supply system.

0003 The pedestal main motor (M19) is released.The motor is checked every 10 msec from 2000 msec after it isstarted to when it is stopped. However, detection is not made whenthe front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit isreleased or when there is a fault in the power supply system.

ERROR CODE

E-3

E012Main cause The drum motor (M3, M4, M5, M6) is faulty. The drum motor drive system

has an excess load. The DC controller PCB is faulty.Condition ofdetection

XX=01: Y, XX=02: M, XX=03: C, XX=04: Bk (XX indicates the develop-ing assembly color)

XX01 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of themotor drive pulse is increased to the upper limit.

XX02 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of themotor drive pulse is decreased to the lower limit.

XX03 The encoder signal from the motor is not generated for the follow-ing period of time:standard: 3.69 msec, 1/2 speed: 7.38 msec, 1/4 speed: 14.75 msec

XX04 The motor rotates in the direction opposite the desired direction.XX05 The spatial displacement is not corrected even when the frequency

of the motor drive pulse is varied.XX06 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the

motor drive pulse is varied.XX07 Not used.XX08 Not used.XX09 An error has occurred in the communication with the DC controller

PCB.

E013Main cause The waste toner feedscrew has locked. The waste toner feed motor is faulty.

The transfer high-voltage PCB is faulty. The serial driver PCB is faulty. TheDC controller PCB is faulty.


0001 The waste toner motor has locked and, as a result, an over-currenthas flowed into the motor control circuit.

0002 An open circuit has occurred in the waste toner motor.

ERROR CODE

E-4

E014Main cause The belt motor (M15) is faulty. The belt motor drive system has an excess

load. The drum drive AC generation PCB is faulty. The transfer drive ACgeneration PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.


0001 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of themotor drive pulse is increased to the upper limit.

0002 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of themotor drive pulse is decreased to the lower limit.

0003 The encoder signal is not generated by the motor.0004 The motor rotates in the direction opposite the desired direction.0005 Not used.0006 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the

motor drive pulse is changed.0007 Not used.0008 Not used.0009 An error has occurred in the communication with the DC controller

PCB.

E020Main cause The ATR sensor connector is disconnected. The developing cylinder/stirring

screw fails to rotate.Condition ofdetection


XXA0 During printing sequence, the difference between the maximumvalue and the minimum value of SIGNAL (9 samplings) is 0.2 V(10) or less.

Main cause The RAM data inside the drum unit is faulty.Condition ofdetection


XX80 During printing sequence, the value of INIT-SIGNAL entered aspart of initial settings has dropped to 2.344 V (120) or lower.

XX81 During printing sequence, the value of INIT-SIGNAL entered aspart of initial settings has risen to 2.656 V (136) or higher.

XX90 During printing sequence, the correction value for INIT-SIGNALhas changed to 0 (in service mode, ADJUST>DENS>SIGG-Y/M/C/K).

ERROR CODE

E-5

XX91 During printing sequence, the correction value for INIT-SIGNALhas changed to 255 (in service mode, ADJUST>DENS>SIGG-Y/M/C/K).

Main cause The ATR sensor is faulty. The toner level sensor is faulty. The toner supplysystem for the developing assembly is faulty. The developer has deterio-rated or has a mixing of injection carrier.



XXB0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL obtained by sam-pling and averaging is 0.43 V (22) or lower.

XXB1 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL obtained by sam-pling and averaging is 4.9 V (250) or higher.

XXD0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL remains higherthan INIT-SIGNAL entered as part of initial settings by 4.71 V(240) or more continuously for 10 prints.

XXE0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL remains lowerthan INIT-SIGNAL entered as part of initial settings by 0.98 V (50)or more continuously for 10 prints.

E025Main cause The cartridge motor is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0101 The cartridge motor Y (M11) is found to have an over-current con-dition.

0201 The cartridge motor M (M12) is fount to have an over-current con-dition.

0301 The cartridge motor C (M13) is found to have an over-current con-dition.

0401 The cartridge motor Bk (M14) is found to have an over-currentcondition.

E032Main cause The Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE controller is faulty or has an open

circuit. The system controller PCB is faulty.Condition ofdetection

The Copy Data Controller-A1 or NE controller counter mechanism fails tooperate.

ERROR CODE

E-6

E041Main cause The deck lifter motor (M102) is faulty. The deck driver PCB is faulty. A

connected device is faulty. The deck lifter position sensor (PS104) is faulty.The deck paper sensor (PS107) is faulty.


0001 The fault was detected while the lifter was moving up.0002 The fault was detected while the lifter was moving down.

The deck lifter position sensor (PS104) does not detect the lifter within 60sec after the deck lifter UP signal is generated.The output of the deck paper sensor (PS107) is ‘0’ when the output of thedeck lifter position sensor (PS104) and that of the deck paper level sensor(PS108) are ‘1’.

E043Main cause The deck main motor (M101) is faulty. The deck driver PCB is faulty. A

connected device is faulty.Condition ofdetection

The PLL lock signal (DMPLK) remains ‘1’ for 2 sec or more after the deckmain motor drive signal is generated.

E051Main cause The side registration sensor (S32) is faulty. The side registration motor

(M17) is faulty. The duplex driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB isfaulty.


0001 The home position of the side registration sensor (S32) cannot bedetected.The home position cannot be detected when 24-V power is turnedon in response to the turning on of the main power switch or theopening and closing of the front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit.

ERROR CODE

E-7

E070Main cause The transfer belt sensor (S51) is faulty. The transfer belt is deformed. The

transfer high-voltage PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The transfer belt sensor (S51) cannot detect the home position ofthe transfer belt.

0002 The transfer belt sensor (S51) continues to detect the home posi-tion for the transfer belt.

E073Main cause The transfer drawer connector has poor contact. The transfer unit is absent.Condition ofdetection

0001 The transfer unit cannot be detected when the front door is closed.

E074Main cause The transfer swing sensor (S49, S50) is faulty. The transfer swing clutch

(CL23) is faulty. The pickup main motor (M1) is faulty. The serial driverPCB is faulty.


0001 The output of the transfer swing sensor (S49, S50) does not changeeven when the transfer unit is swung.

E196Main cause A memory error has occurred in the EEPROM.Condition ofdetection

X=01: Y, X=02: M, X=03: C, X=04: Bk (X indicates the developing assem-bly color)YY=AA, 55, 00 (data in the presence of an error)

9XYY Drum kit cartridge EEPROM check errorA101 System controller PCB DIMM (absent)A102 System controller PCB memory type (not SDRAM)A103 System controller PCB memory sequential errorA104 System controller PCB memory capacity error (including a mix of

64 M and 128 M)A105 System controller PCB memory type (not of recommended type)A106 System controller PCB memory capacity error (duplex model, in-

adequate memory)A2ZZ RCON

ERROR CODE

E-8

E197Main cause An error has occurred in communication among PCBs within the printer

unit.Condition ofdetection

X=0: System controller PCB side2: DC controller PCB side

Ex01 Serial reception error (during data reception)Ex02 Reset on CPU of other party (during data reception)Ex03 During processing of transmission/reception data (during data re-

ception)Ex04 Serial reception error (during standby)Ex05 Reset on CPU of other party (during standby)Ex06 During processing of transmission /reception data (during standby)020F Connection time-out

E202Main cause The mirror base malfunctions.Condition ofdetection

During a home position search, the mirror base does not return to the homeposition within a specific period of time.

E203Main cause The scanner motor malfunctions.Condition ofdetection

After scanning an original, the mirror mount does not return to the homeposition within a specific period of time.The home position is detected while the mirror base is moving.

E211Main cause The scanning lamp thermistor has an open circuit.Condition ofdetection

The thermistor reading is 0°C while the temperature is controlled to 70°C.

E215Main cause The scanning lamp thermistor has an open circuit.Condition ofdetection

The thermistor reading is 170°C or higher.

ERROR CODE

E-9

E216Main cause The scanning lamp is faulty. The light intensity sensor is faulty.Condition ofdetection

The intensity sensor does not detect light 10 sec after the scanning lamp isturned on.

E217Main cause The scanning lamp heater is faulty.Condition ofdetection

The temperature reading is not 70°C or higher 3 min after control to 70°Cis started.

E218Main cause The scanning lamp is not mounted. The filament is broken.Condition ofdetection

The fluorescent lamp current does not flow within a specific period of timeafter the ON signal has been received.

E219Main cause The scanning lamp has reached the end of its life.Condition ofdetection

The thermistor reading is 150°C or higher while the scanning lamp is on.

E240Main cause An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the reader

controller PCB and the system controller PCB.Condition ofdetection

An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the readercontroller PCB and the system controller PCB.

E243Main cause An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the reader

controller PCB and the control panel.Condition ofdetection

An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the readercontroller PCB and the control panel.

ERROR CODE

E-10

E244Main cause The pickup assembly PCB is faulty. The serial driver PCB is faulty. The du-

plex driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.Condition ofdetection

x=0: Pickup assembly PCB, 1: Serial driver PCB,2: Duplex driver PCB

y=0 to 7: Port of each PCBxy01 Connection check error

When the main power switch is turned on, communication witheach PCB cannot be established.

xy02 Parity errorAfter communication with each PCB has been established, a parityerror has occurred continuously 5 times.

xy04 Sub station reset response time-out errorWhen the main power switch is turned on, each PCB cannot be re-set (reset processing error).

xy05 Connection check result response time-out errorWhen the main power switch is turned on, communication witheach PCB cannot be established.

xy06 Transmission end response time-out errorAfter communication has been established with each PCB, the ab-sence of responce has occurred continuously 5 times. (monitoringat tall times)

E351Main cause An error has occurred in the anti-counterfeit PCB.Condition ofdetection

An error has occurred in the anti-counterfeit PCB.

ERROR CODE

E-11

E717Main cause The Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE Controller is faulty or has an open

circuit. The system controller PCB is faulty.Condition ofdetection

When the copy start signal is generated, the count pulse is not detected bythe Copier Controller-A1 or the NE controller within a specific period oftime.After connection, the Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE Controller is dis-connected.

E800Main cause The electric system has an error. The DC controller PCB is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The shut-off relay of the main power switch (SW1) is found tohave an open circuit.

0002 The AC relay (RL1) is found to have an open circuit.0003 The DC relay (RL2) is found to have an open circuit.0004 +24 VRET does not change to +24 V even when the front door,

fixing door, and face-down delivery unit are all closed.

E805Main cause The fixing fan has an error. The delivery fan has an error. The machine

cooling fan has an error. The power supply cooling fan has an error. The de-curling fan has an error. The kit drive cooling fan has an error. The transfermotor cooling fan has an error.


0001 The fixing fan (FM1) is found to have locked.0002 The delivery fan (FM2) is found to have locked.0003 The machine cooling fan (FM4) is found to have locked.0004 The power supply cooling fan (FM6) is found to have locked.0005 The de-curling fan (FM7) is found have locked.0006 The kit drive cooling fan (FM10) is found to have locked.0007 The transfer motor cooling fan (F13) is found to have locked.

ERROR CODE

E-12

E809Main cause The reader unit power supply fan (FM1) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

The reader unit power supply fan (FM1) is faulty.

E810Main cause The photosensitive drum unit is faulty.Condition ofdetection


XX01 The photosensitive drum unit is absent.XX02 The wrong photosensitive drum unit is mounted (wrong color).XX03 The photosensitive drum is wrongly installed (wrong country

model).

1. If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, the machine may be resetby turning its power switch off once; this, however, this does not applyto E000, E004, E005, E211, E215, E217, or E717. If any of these codesis indicated, perform the following:

Clearing an Error1) Make the following selections in service mode:

FUNCTION>CLEAR.2) Press <ERR> to highlight, and press the OK key.3) Turn off and then on the main power switch.4) See that the message panel on the control panel has been reset and

now shows the Copy Mode screen.

2. In the case of E000 or E004, the machine will turn off in 20 sec after theerror is detected.

3. The error history may be checked by making the following selections:Display>ERR.

ERROR CODE

E-13

2 Self Diagnosis O (DADF)

If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, the machine may be reset byturning off and then on the host machine.Even when the machine remains out of order, copies may still be made byopening it and placing originals on the copyboard glass.

E401Main cause The pickup motor (M1) fails to rotate. The pickup roller sensor (S5) is

faulty.Condition ofdetection

The sensor does not turn on and off twice or more within 1 sec.

E402Main cause The belt motor (M3) fails to rotate. The belt motor lock sensor (S10) is


The number of clock pulses within 200 msec is lower than a specific value.

E404Main cause The feed motor (M2) fails to rotate. The feed motor clock sensor (S9) is


The number of clock pulses within 200 msec is lower than a specific value.

E411Main cause The original tray power sensor (S1) is faulty. The registration sensor (S3) is


In the absence of paper, the output of the sensor is 2.3 V or higher.

E621Main cause The editor has an error.Condition ofdetection

An error has been detected in the communication between editor and hostmachine.

ERROR CODE

E-14

E624Main cause The editor has an errorCondition ofdetection

An error has occurred in the communication with the editor digitizer.


An error has occurred in the editor RAM.


An error has occurred in the LCD of the editor.

E627Main cause The editor ha an error.Condition ofdetection

An error has occurred in the ASIC of the editor.


An error has occurred in the IPC of the editor.


A sequential error has occurred in the editor.

E710Main cause The DADF/editor IPC communication (initialization) has an error.Condition ofdetection

At power-on, synchronization fails in the IPC communication between thereader unit and DADF/editor within a specific period of time (3 sec).

ERROR CODE

E-15

E711Main cause The DADF/editor has an IPC communication error.Condition ofdetection

At power-on, an IPC communication error has occurred 10 times or morebetween the reader unit and DADF/editor within a specific period of time(1.5 sec).

E712Main cause The DADF/editor has an IPC communication error.Condition ofdetection

The IPC communication with the reader unit is interrupted for a specific pe-riod of time (5 sec) or more.

ERROR CODE

E-16

3 Self Diagnosis (finisher)

3.1 Finisher Assembly

E503Main cause A communication error has been detected.Condition ofdetection

0003 An error is detected in the communication with the saddle sitcher.

E504Main cause The output of the height sensor (PS1) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0004 The adjustment of the sensor made using a DIP switch is faulty.

E505Main cause The backup RAM is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 At power-on, the check sum value is found to be faulty.

E512Main cause The delivery motor is faulty. The delivery motor clock sensor (PI10) is


0001 At the start of operation, the target number of clock pulses cannotbe obtained from the delivery motor clock.

0002 During feeding, clock pulses are absent for a period equivalent of200 mm.

E530Main cause The alignment motor (M3) is faulty. The alignment plate home position

sensor (PI6) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The alignment plate does not leave the alignment plate home posi-tion sensor even when the alignment motor has been driven for 2sec.

0002 The alignment plate does not return to the alignment plate homeposition sensor even when the alignment motor has been driven for2 sec.

ERROR CODE

E-17

E531Main cause The stapler motor (M6) is faulty. The stapler home position sensor detecting

switch (MS7) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The stapler does not leave the stapling home position even whenthe stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec.

0002 The stapler does not return to the stapling home position evenwhen the stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec.

E532Main cause The stapler shift motor (M4) is faulty. The stapler shift home position sen-

sor (PI7) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The stapler does not leave the stapler shift home position sensoreven when the stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.

0002 The stapler shift home position cannot be detected even when thestapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.

E535Main cause The delivery motor (M2) is faulty. The swing guide closed detecting switch

2 (MS6) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The swing guide closed detecting switch does not turn on evenwhen the delivery motor is rotated in reverse for 1 sec.

Main cause The delivery motor (M2) is faulty. The swing guide open sensor (PI18) isfaulty.


0002 The swing guide open detecting sensor does not turn on even whenthe delivery motor is rotated in reverse for 1 sec.

Main cause The safety area switch (MS3) is faulty. The swing guide open detectingswitch (MS6) is faulty.


0003 When the tray 1/2 is in the safety area switch OFF position, theswing guide closed detecting switch is found to be off.

ERROR CODE

E-18

E540Main cause The tray lift motor (M5) is faulty. The tray lift motor clock sensor 1/2

(PI19/PI20) is faulty. The tray home position sensor (PI8) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The ascent operation does not end 15 sec after the tray lift motor isstarted.The tray home position cannot be detected even when the tray liftmotor has been driven for 15 sec.

Main cause The tray paper limit detecting switch (MS4) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0002 The tray upper limit detecting switch is found to be on while thetray is moving up.

Main cause The tray lifter motor (M5) is faulty. The tray lifter motor clock sensor 1/2(PI19/PI20) is faulty.


0003 There is no clock pulse from the clock sensor 1/2 for 200 msec ormore when the try lifter motor is driven.

E584Main cause The feed motor (M1) is faulty. The shutter closed detecting switch (MS4) is


0001 The shutter closed detecting switch does not turn on even when thefeed motor has been rotated in reverse for 1 sec or more.

Main cause The feed motor (M1) is faulty. The shutter open sensor (PI5) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0002 The shutter open sensor does not turn on even when the feed motoris rotated in reverse for 1 sec or more.

Main cause The safety area switch (MS3) is faulty. The shutter closed detecting sensor(MS4) is faulty.


0003 When the tray 1/2 is in the safety area switch OFF position, theshutter closed detecting switch is found to be off.

ERROR CODE

E-19

3.2 Saddle Stitcher

E5F0Main cause The positioning plate motor (M4S) is faulty. The power positioning plate

home position sensor (PI7S) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn oneven when the paper positioning plate motor has been driven for1.25 sec or more.

0002 The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn offeven when paper positioning plate motor has been driven for 1 secor more.

E5F1Main cause The folding motor (M2S) is faulty. The folding motor clock sensor (PI4S)

is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The number of detention pulses of the folding motor clock sensordrops to a specific value or lower.

E5F2Main cause The guide motor (M3S) is faulty. The guide home position sensor (PI13S)

is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The guide home position sensor does not turn on even when theguide motor has been driven for 0.4 sec or more.

0002 The guide home position sensor does not turn off even when theguide motor has been driven for 1 sec or more.

E5F3Main cause The alignment motor (M5S) is faulty. The alignment plate home position

sensor (PI5S) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The alignment plate home position sensor does not turn on evenwhen the alignment motor has been driven for 0.5 sec or more.

0002 The alignment plate home position sensor does not turn off evenwhen the alignment motor has been driven for 1 sec or more.

ERROR CODE

E-20

E5F4Main cause The stitch motor (rear, M6S) is faulty. The stitching home position switch

(rear, PS2S) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The stitching home position switch does not turn off even when thestitching motor (rear) is rotated clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.

0002 During jam recovery, the stitching home position switch does notturn on even when the stitching motor (rear) is rotated counter-clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.

E5F5Main cause The stitching motor (front, M7S) is faulty. The stitching motor operating

home position switch (front, PS4S) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 The stitching home position switch does not turn off even when thestitching motor (front) is rotated clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.

0002 During jam recovery, the stitching home position switch does notturn on even when the stitching motor (front) is rotated counter-clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.

E5F6Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on plate

home position sensor (PI14S) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 While the paper push-on plate is moving from the leading edge tothe home position, the paper push-on plate home position sensordoes not turn on even when the paper push-on plate motor has beendriven for 0.3 sec or more.

0002 While the paper push-on plate is moving to the leading edge, thepaper push-on plate home position sensor does not turn off evenwhen the paper push-on plate motor has been driven for 1.0 sec ormore.

Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on plateleading edge position sensor (PI15S) is faulty.


0003 When the paper push-on plate is moving from the leading edge tothe home position, the paper push-on plate leading edge sensordoes not turn on even when the paper push-on plate motor has beendriven for 1.0 sec or more.

ERROR CODE

E-21

Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on platemotor clock sensor (PIS) is faulty.


0004 The number of detection pulse of the paper push-on plate motorclock sensor is lower than a specific value.

Main cause The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on leadingedge position sensor (PI15S) is faulty.


0005 The paper push-on plate leading edge position sensor does not turnon even when the paper push-on plate motor has been driven for0.3 sec or more after the paper push-on plate home position sensoris turned off.

E5F8Main cause The guide home position sensor (PI13S) has a faulty connector.Condition ofdetection

0001 The connector of the guide home position sensor is found to bedisconnected.

The paper push-on plate home position sensor (PI14) has a faulty connec-tor.


0002 The connector of the paper push-on plate home position sensor isfound to be disconnected.

Main cause The paper push-on plate leading edge sensor (PI15S) has a faulty connector.Condition ofdetection

0003 The connector of the paper push-on plate leading edge sensor isfound to be disconnected.

ERROR CODE

E-22

E5F9Main cause The inlet door open detecting switch (MS1S) is faulty. The inlet door sen-

sor (PI9S) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

0001 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identi-fied that the doors are closed, the inlet door open detention switchidentifies the door to be open for 1 sec or more from the start ofcopying or the start of copier initial rotation.Inlet door sensor (PI9S)Front door open sensor (PI2S)Delivery door open sensor (PI3S)

Main cause The front door open detecting switch (MS2S) is faulty. The front door opensensor (PS2S) is faulty.


0002 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identi-fied that the doors are closed, the front door open detecting switchidentifies the front door to be open for 1 sec or more from the startof copying or the start of copier initial rotation:Inlet door sensor (P19S)Front door open sensor (PI2S)Delivery door open sensor (PI3S)

Main cause The delivery door open detecting switch (MS3S) is faulty. The deliverydoor open sensor (PI3S) is faulty.


0003 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identi-fied that the doors are closed, the delivery door open detectingswitch identifies the delivery door to be open for 1 sec or morefrom the start of copying or the start of initial rotation.Inlet door sensor (PI9S)Font door open sensor (PI2S)Delivery door open sensor (PI3S)

ERROR CODE

E-23

4 Self Diagnosis (sorter)

E500Main cause Data communication is faulty.Condition ofdetection

The communication between the host machine and the sorter is disrupted.(This error is detected by the host machine.)

E510Main cause The no-sort motor (M6) does not rotate.Condition ofdetection

After the motor drive signal has been generated, the input signal of the non-sort motor clock sensor (PI10) does not change within 60 msec.

E525Main cause Auto adjustment of the bin inside paper sensor (S1, S2) is faulty.Condition ofdetection

Auto adjustment of the bin inside paper sensor (S1, S2) fails, or the autoadjustment value has an error.

E530Main cause The guide bar swing motor (M3) fails to rotate.Condition ofdetection

After the motor drive signal has been generated, the input signal of theguide bar HP sensor (PI3) does not change within 200 msec.

E531Main cause The stapler unit swing motor (M4) fails to rotate.

The stapler motor (M5) fails to rotate.Condition ofdetection

The input signal from the stapler unit HP switch (MS4) does not change for1000 msec or more.While the stapler unit is rotating clockwise, the home position is not de-tected within 600 msec. In addition, the home position cannot be detectedwithin 600 msec when the motor is rotated in reverse.

ERROR CODE

E-24

E540Main cause The bins shift motor (M1) fails to rotate.Condition ofdetection

After the motor drive signal has been generated, the operation does not endwithin a period 4 times a specific period or less:Period: 20000 msec during initialization

2000 msec during non-initializationThe clock signal from the bin shift motor clock sensor (PI1) is absent for250 msec or more.The input signal from the lead cam HP sensor (PI2) does not change for200 msec.

ERROR CODE

E-25

5 Self Diagnosis (PDL Board)

E677Main cause The connection between the host machine and the PDL board is faulty. The

system software is faulty. The hard disk is faulty. The PDL board is faulty.The system controller PCB of the host machine is faulty.


0001 DPRAM size errorIn communication for initialization, the DPRAM size returned bythe PDL board to the host machine has an error.(The host machine is aware of the DPRAM size in advance; theDPRAM is a dual-port RAM used for communication between thehost machine and the PDL board, and is mounted on the PDLboard.)

0002 Initialization communication errorIn communication for initialization, the contents of communicationreturned by the PDL board to the host machine have an error and,therefore, communication cannot be established.

0004 PDL board disconnectionAfter the connection of the PDL board is recognized at power-on,the PDL board is disconnected.During power-up, monitoring is executed at intervals of 2 min;however, if the CPU is not on (sleep state or the like), no error willbe identified even if the PDL board is discontented.If the PDL board is disconnected in sleep state, the absence of thePDL board will be recognized at the start of the CPU.

0080 Communication errorAn error in communication has occurred after the communicationbetween the host machine and the PDL board has been established.For communication related to the sleep mode (power control) ofthe host machine, the response from the PDL board is disrupted for2 min or more.

ERROR CODE

E-26

Main cause The connector is disconnected. The cooling fan is faulty. The PDL board isfaulty. The host machine is faulty. The system controller PCB is faulty.


0101 cooling fan errorThe rotation of the cooling fan slows down or the absence (discon-nection) of the fan is detected.The revolution of the fan is monitored at all times as long as thefan is rotating. (The cooling fan keeps rotating while the mainswitch remains on.)

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

Prepared by

Office Imaging Products Technical Support Division

Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center

CANON INC.

Printed in Japan

REVISION 0 (NOV. 2000) (23715/26168/36086)

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan

PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1100AB0.50-0

This publication is printed on 100% recycled paper.

iRC2100sh

Documents

canon c20502020

reader controller pcb

item of reference

eco pcb

written consent of canon

technical information

reader unit level

special information